JPWO2020157905A1 - Manufacturing method of variable magnification optical system, optical equipment and variable magnification optical system - Google Patents

Manufacturing method of variable magnification optical system, optical equipment and variable magnification optical system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JPWO2020157905A1
JPWO2020157905A1 JP2020569269A JP2020569269A JPWO2020157905A1 JP WO2020157905 A1 JPWO2020157905 A1 JP WO2020157905A1 JP 2020569269 A JP2020569269 A JP 2020569269A JP 2020569269 A JP2020569269 A JP 2020569269A JP WO2020157905 A1 JPWO2020157905 A1 JP WO2020157905A1
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
lens
lens group
optical system
variable magnification
magnification optical
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2020569269A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP7211440B2 (en
Inventor
歩 槇田
歩 槇田
智希 伊藤
智希 伊藤
哲史 三輪
哲史 三輪
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nikon Corp
Original Assignee
Nikon Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nikon Corp filed Critical Nikon Corp
Publication of JPWO2020157905A1 publication Critical patent/JPWO2020157905A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP7211440B2 publication Critical patent/JP7211440B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B13/00Optical objectives specially designed for the purposes specified below
    • G02B13/18Optical objectives specially designed for the purposes specified below with lenses having one or more non-spherical faces, e.g. for reducing geometrical aberration
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B15/00Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification
    • G02B15/14Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification by axial movement of one or more lenses or groups of lenses relative to the image plane for continuously varying the equivalent focal length of the objective
    • G02B15/16Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification by axial movement of one or more lenses or groups of lenses relative to the image plane for continuously varying the equivalent focal length of the objective with interdependent non-linearly related movements between one lens or lens group, and another lens or lens group
    • G02B15/20Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification by axial movement of one or more lenses or groups of lenses relative to the image plane for continuously varying the equivalent focal length of the objective with interdependent non-linearly related movements between one lens or lens group, and another lens or lens group having an additional movable lens or lens group for varying the objective focal length

Abstract

変倍光学系(ZL)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群(G1)と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群(G2)と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群(G3)と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群(G4)と、第5レンズ群(G5)と、第6レンズ群(G6)とを有し、変倍の際に、変倍光学系(ZL)における複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、変倍の際に移動する絞り(S)を有し、変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と絞り(S)とが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する。The variable magnification optical system (ZL) consists of a first lens group (G1) having a positive refractive force, a second lens group (G2) having a negative refractive force, and a positive refractive force arranged in order from the object side. It has a third lens group (G3), a fourth lens group (G4) having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group (G5), and a sixth lens group (G6), and has a variable magnification. At that time, a plurality of lens groups in the variable magnification optical system (ZL) move, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes, and there is an aperture (S) that moves at the time of magnification change. Of the moving lens groups, the lens group on the image side and the aperture (S) move integrally at the time of scaling.

Description

本発明は、変倍光学系、これを用いた光学機器およびこの変倍光学系の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a variable magnification optical system, an optical device using the variable magnification optical system, and a method for manufacturing the variable magnification optical system.

従来から、写真用カメラ、電子スチルカメラ、ビデオカメラ等に適した変倍光学系が提案されている(例えば、特許文献1を参照)。変倍光学系の高変倍化、広画角化を図ると、良好な光学性能を得ることが難しく、変倍光学系が大型化する傾向があった。 Conventionally, variable magnification optical systems suitable for photographic cameras, electronic still cameras, video cameras and the like have been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1). When the variable magnification optical system is increased in magnification and the angle of view is widened, it is difficult to obtain good optical performance, and the variable magnification optical system tends to be large in size.

特開平9−184981号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 9-184981

第1の態様に係る変倍光学系は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群と、第6レンズ群とを有した変倍光学系であって、変倍の際に、前記変倍光学系における複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、変倍の際に移動する絞りを有し、変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と前記絞りとが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する。 The variable magnification optical system according to the first aspect includes a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, and a first lens group having a positive refractive power arranged in order from the object side. A variable magnification optical system having three lens groups, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group, and a sixth lens group, and the variable magnification optical system at the time of magnification change. The plurality of lens groups in the above are moved, the distance between adjacent lens groups is changed, the lens group has an aperture that moves at the time of magnification change, and the lens group on the image side most of the lens groups that move at the time of magnification change. The aperture and the aperture move integrally at the time of scaling.

第2の態様に係る変倍光学系は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群と、第6レンズ群とを有した変倍光学系であって、変倍の際に、前記変倍光学系における前記第3レンズ群を含む複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と前記第3レンズ群とが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する。 The variable magnification optical system according to the second aspect includes a first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, and a second lens group having a positive refractive power arranged in order from the object side. A variable magnification optical system having three lens groups, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group, and a sixth lens group, and the variable magnification optical system at the time of magnification change. The lens group on the image side and the third lens group among the lens groups that move at the time of magnification change due to the movement of a plurality of lens groups including the third lens group in And, move integrally when scaling.

第3の態様に係る光学機器は、上記変倍光学系を搭載して構成される。 The optical device according to the third aspect is configured to include the above-mentioned variable magnification optical system.

第4の態様に係る変倍光学系の製造方法は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群と、第6レンズ群とを有した変倍光学系の製造方法であって、変倍の際に、前記変倍光学系における複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、変倍の際に移動する絞りを有し、変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と前記絞りとが、変倍の際に一体的に移動するように、レンズ鏡筒内に各レンズを配置する。 The method for manufacturing the variable magnification optical system according to the fourth aspect includes a first lens group having a positive refractive force, a second lens group having a negative refractive force, and a positive refractive force arranged in order from the object side. A method for manufacturing a variable magnification optical system having a third lens group having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group, and a sixth lens group. , The plurality of lens groups in the variable magnification optical system move, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes, and the lens group that moves at the time of magnification change is the most among the lens groups that move at the time of magnification change. Each lens is arranged in the lens barrel so that the lens group on the image side and the aperture move integrally when the magnification is changed.

第1実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 1st Example. 図2(A)、および図2(B)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。2 (A) and 2 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the first embodiment, respectively. 図3(A)、および図3(B)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。3 (A) and 3 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the first embodiment, respectively. 第2実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 2nd Example. 図5(A)、および図5(B)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。5 (A) and 5 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment, respectively. 図6(A)、および図6(B)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。6 (A) and 6 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment, respectively. 第3実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 3rd Example. 図8(A)、および図8(B)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。8 (A) and 8 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the third embodiment, respectively. 図9(A)、および図9(B)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。9 (A) and 9 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the third embodiment, respectively. 第4実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 4th Example. 図11(A)、および図11(B)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。11 (A) and 11 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fourth embodiment, respectively. 図12(A)、および図12(B)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。12 (A) and 12 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fourth embodiment, respectively. 第5実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 5th Example. 図14(A)、および図14(B)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。14 (A) and 14 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fifth embodiment, respectively. 図15(A)、および図15(B)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。15 (A) and 15 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fifth embodiment, respectively. 第6実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 6th Example. 図17(A)、および図17(B)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。17 (A) and 17 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the sixth embodiment, respectively. 図18(A)、および図18(B)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。18 (A) and 18 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the sixth embodiment, respectively. 第7実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 7th Example. 図20(A)、および図20(B)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。20 (A) and 20 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the seventh embodiment, respectively. 図21(A)、および図21(B)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。21 (A) and 21 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the seventh embodiment, respectively. 第8実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 8th Example. 図23(A)、および図23(B)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。23 (A) and 23 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eighth embodiment, respectively. 図24(A)、および図24(B)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。24 (A) and 24 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eighth embodiment, respectively. 第9実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 9th Example. 図26(A)、および図26(B)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。26 (A) and 26 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the ninth embodiment, respectively. 図27(A)、および図27(B)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。27 (A) and 27 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the ninth embodiment, respectively. 第10実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 10th Example. 図29(A)、および図29(B)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。29 (A) and 29 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the tenth embodiment, respectively. 図30(A)、および図30(B)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。30 (A) and 30 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the tenth embodiment, respectively. 第11実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on eleventh embodiment. 図32(A)、および図32(B)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。32 (A) and 32 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eleventh embodiment, respectively. 図33(A)、および図33(B)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。33 (A) and 33 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eleventh embodiment, respectively. 第12実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on a twelfth embodiment. 図35(A)、および図35(B)はそれぞれ、第12実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。35 (A) and 35 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the twelfth embodiment, respectively. 図36(A)、および図36(B)はそれぞれ、第12実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。36 (A) and 36 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the twelfth embodiment, respectively. 第13実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。It is a lens block diagram at the time of infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 13th Example. 図38(A)、および図38(B)はそれぞれ、第13実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。38 (A) and 38 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the thirteenth embodiment, respectively. 図39(A)、および図39(B)はそれぞれ、第13実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。39 (A) and 39 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the thirteenth embodiment, respectively. 第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系を備えたカメラの構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the structure of the camera provided with the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 1st and 2nd Embodiment. 第1実施形態に係る変倍光学系の製造方法を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the manufacturing method of the variable magnification optical system which concerns on 1st Embodiment.

以下、第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系および光学機器について図を参照して説明する。まず、第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系を備えたカメラ(光学機器)を図40に基づいて説明する。このカメラ1は、図40に示すように撮影レンズ2として第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系を備えたデジタルカメラである。カメラ1において、不図示の物体(被写体)からの光は、撮影レンズ2で集光されて、撮像素子3へ到達する。これにより被写体からの光は、当該撮像素子3によって撮像されて、被写体画像として不図示のメモリに記録される。このようにして、撮影者はカメラ1による被写体の撮影を行うことができる。なお、このカメラは、ミラーレスカメラでも、クイックリターンミラーを有した一眼レフタイプのカメラであっても良い。 Hereinafter, the variable magnification optical system and the optical device according to the first and second embodiments will be described with reference to the drawings. First, a camera (optical device) provided with a variable magnification optical system according to the first and second embodiments will be described with reference to FIG. 40. As shown in FIG. 40, the camera 1 is a digital camera provided with the variable magnification optical system according to the first and second embodiments as the photographing lens 2. In the camera 1, the light from an object (subject) (not shown) is collected by the photographing lens 2 and reaches the image sensor 3. As a result, the light from the subject is captured by the image sensor 3 and recorded as a subject image in a memory (not shown). In this way, the photographer can shoot the subject with the camera 1. This camera may be a mirrorless camera or a single-lens reflex type camera having a quick return mirror.

次に、第1実施形態に係る変倍光学系(撮影レンズ)について説明する。第1実施形態に係る変倍光学系(ズームレンズ)ZLの一例としての変倍光学系ZL(1)は、図1に示すように、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、第5レンズ群G5と、第6レンズ群G6とを有している。変倍の際に、変倍光学系ZL(1)における複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。これにより、変倍の際の非点収差と球面収差の変動を抑えることができる。また、変倍光学系ZL(1)は、変倍の際に移動する絞り(開口絞りS)を有し、変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と絞りとが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する。これにより、良好な光学性能を確保しつつメカ機構を含む鏡筒を小径化することができる。このように、第1実施形態によれば、高い変倍比で良好な光学性能を有した変倍光学系、およびこの変倍光学系を備えた光学機器を得ることが可能になる。 Next, the variable magnification optical system (photographing lens) according to the first embodiment will be described. As an example of the variable magnification optical system (zoom lens) ZL according to the first embodiment, the variable magnification optical system ZL (1) has a positive refractive power arranged in order from the object side as shown in FIG. 1 lens group G1, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5. And a sixth lens group G6. At the time of scaling, a plurality of lens groups in the variable magnification optical system ZL (1) move, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. As a result, fluctuations in astigmatism and spherical aberration during scaling can be suppressed. Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL (1) has an aperture (aperture aperture S) that moves when the magnification is changed, and the lens group on the image side and the aperture are the most image-side lens groups among the lens groups that move when the magnification is changed. , Moves integrally when scaling. As a result, the diameter of the lens barrel including the mechanical mechanism can be reduced while ensuring good optical performance. As described above, according to the first embodiment, it is possible to obtain a variable magnification optical system having a high magnification ratio and good optical performance, and an optical device provided with the variable magnification optical system.

次に、第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系について説明する。第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系は、第1実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLと同様の構成であるため、第1実施形態と同一の符号を付して説明する。第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系(ズームレンズ)ZLの一例としての変倍光学系ZL(1)は、図1に示すように、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、第5レンズ群G5と、第6レンズ群G6とを有している。変倍の際に、変倍光学系ZL(1)における第3レンズ群G3を含む複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。これにより、変倍の際の非点収差と球面収差の変動を抑えることができる。また、変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と第3レンズ群G3とが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する。これにより、良好な光学性能を確保しつつメカ機構を含む鏡筒を小径化することができる。このように、第2実施形態によれば、高い変倍比で良好な光学性能を有した変倍光学系、およびこの変倍光学系を備えた光学機器を得ることが可能になる。 Next, the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment will be described. Since the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment has the same configuration as the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment, it will be described with the same reference numerals as those of the first embodiment. As an example of the variable magnification optical system (zoom lens) ZL according to the second embodiment, the variable magnification optical system ZL (1) has a positive refractive power arranged in order from the object side as shown in FIG. 1 lens group G1, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5. And a sixth lens group G6. At the time of scaling, a plurality of lens groups including the third lens group G3 in the variable magnification optical system ZL (1) move, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. As a result, fluctuations in astigmatism and spherical aberration during scaling can be suppressed. Further, among the lens groups that move at the time of magnification change, the lens group on the image side and the third lens group G3 move integrally at the time of magnification change. As a result, the diameter of the lens barrel including the mechanical mechanism can be reduced while ensuring good optical performance. As described above, according to the second embodiment, it is possible to obtain a variable magnification optical system having a high magnification ratio and good optical performance, and an optical device provided with the variable magnification optical system.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図4に示す変倍光学系ZL(2)でもよく、図7に示す変倍光学系ZL(3)でもよく、図10に示す変倍光学系ZL(4)でもよく、図13に示す変倍光学系ZL(5)でもよい。また、第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図16に示す変倍光学系ZL(6)でもよく、図19に示す変倍光学系ZL(7)でもよく、図22に示す変倍光学系ZL(8)でもよく、図25に示す変倍光学系ZL(9)でもよい。また、第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図28に示す変倍光学系ZL(10)でもよく、図31に示す変倍光学系ZL(11)でもよく、図37に示す変倍光学系ZL(13)でもよい。 The variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments may be the variable magnification optical system ZL (2) shown in FIG. 4, the variable magnification optical system ZL (3) shown in FIG. 7, and is shown in FIG. The variable magnification optical system ZL (4) may be used, or the variable magnification optical system ZL (5) shown in FIG. 13 may be used. Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments may be the variable magnification optical system ZL (6) shown in FIG. 16, the variable magnification optical system ZL (7) shown in FIG. 19, and FIG. 22. The variable magnification optical system ZL (8) shown in FIG. 25 may be used, or the variable magnification optical system ZL (9) shown in FIG. 25 may be used. Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments may be the variable magnification optical system ZL (10) shown in FIG. 28, the variable magnification optical system ZL (11) shown in FIG. 31, and FIG. 37. The variable magnification optical system ZL (13) shown in the above may be used.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第6レンズ群G6は、2枚以上のレンズからなることが望ましい。これにより、像面湾曲と倍率色収差の発生を抑えることができる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the sixth lens group G6 is composed of two or more lenses. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of curvature of field and chromatic aberration of magnification.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第6レンズ群G6と絞りとが、変倍の際に一体的に移動することが望ましい。これにより、良好な光学性能を確保しつつメカ機構を含む鏡筒を小径化することができる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the sixth lens group G6 and the diaphragm move integrally at the time of magnification change. As a result, the diameter of the lens barrel including the mechanical mechanism can be reduced while ensuring good optical performance.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第6レンズ群G6と第3レンズ群G3とが、変倍の際に一体的に移動することが望ましい。これにより、良好な光学性能を確保しつつメカ機構を含む鏡筒を小径化することができる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the sixth lens group G6 and the third lens group G3 move integrally at the time of magnification change. As a result, the diameter of the lens barrel including the mechanical mechanism can be reduced while ensuring good optical performance.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、絞りと第3レンズ群G3とが、変倍の際に一体的に移動することが望ましい。これにより、良好な光学性能を確保しつつメカ機構を含む鏡筒を小径化することができる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the aperture and the third lens group G3 move integrally at the time of magnification change. As a result, the diameter of the lens barrel including the mechanical mechanism can be reduced while ensuring good optical performance.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(1)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (1).

3.00<ft/fw<30.00 ・・・(1)
但し、ft:望遠端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離
fw:広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離
3.00 <ft / fw <30.00 ... (1)
However, ft: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the telephoto end state fw: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state.

条件式(1)は、変倍光学系ZLの変倍比を規定するものである。条件式(1)を満足することで、高い変倍比において、本実施形態の効果を最大限に発揮することが可能になる。条件式(1)の下限値を3.30に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(1)の下限値を、3.50、4.00、4.50、5.00、6.00、さらに7.00に設定してもよい。また、条件式(1)の上限値を25.00に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(1)の上限値を、20.00、15.00、10.00、9.00、さらに8.00に設定してもよい。 The conditional expression (1) defines the magnification ratio of the variable magnification optical system ZL. By satisfying the conditional expression (1), the effect of the present embodiment can be maximized at a high scaling ratio. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (1) to 3.30, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of this embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (1) is set to 3.50, 4.00, 4.50, 5.00, 6.00, and further 7.00. You may set it. Further, by setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (1) to 25.00, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (1) may be set to 20.00, 15.00, 10.00, 9.00, and further 8.00. good.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(2)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (2).

35.0°<ωw<75.0° ・・・(2)
但し、ωw:広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの半画角
35.0 ° <ωw <75.0 ° ・ ・ ・ (2)
However, ωw: half angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state

条件式(2)は、広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの半画角を規定するものである。条件式(2)を満足することで、像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。条件式(2)の下限値を38.0°に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(2)の下限値を40.0°に設定してもよい。また、条件式(2)の上限値を70.0°に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(2)の上限値を、60.0°、50.0°、さらに45.0°に設定してもよい。 The conditional expression (2) defines the half angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying the conditional expression (2), the curvature of field can be satisfactorily corrected. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (2) to 38.0 °, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the lower limit value of the conditional expression (2) may be set to 40.0 °. Further, by setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (2) to 70.0 °, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (2) may be set to 60.0 °, 50.0 °, and further 45.0 °.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(3)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (3).

2.5°<ωt<15.0° ・・・(3)
但し、ωt:望遠端状態における変倍光学系ZLの半画角
2.5 ° <ωt <15.0 ° ・ ・ ・ (3)
However, ωt: half angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the telephoto end state

条件式(3)は、望遠端状態における変倍光学系ZLの半画角を規定するものである。条件式(3)を満足することで、高い変倍比において、本実施形態の効果を最大限に発揮することが可能になる。条件式(3)の下限値を4.0°に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(3)の下限値を5.0°、さらに5.5°に設定してもよい。また、条件式(3)の上限値を13.0°に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(3)の上限値を、12.0°、11.0°、10.0°、さらに9.0°に設定してもよい。 The conditional expression (3) defines the half angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the telephoto end state. By satisfying the conditional expression (3), the effect of the present embodiment can be maximized at a high scaling ratio. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (3) to 4.0 °, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (3) may be set to 5.0 ° and further 5.5 °. Further, by setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (3) to 13.0 °, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (3) may be set to 12.0 °, 11.0 °, 10.0 °, and further 9.0 °. good.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(4)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (4).

−0.30<fw/f123w<0.60 ・・・(4)
但し、fw:広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離
f123w:広角端状態における第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との合成焦点距離
−0.30 <fw / f123w <0.60 ・ ・ ・ (4)
However, fw: focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state f123w: combined focal length of the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, and the third lens group G3 in the wide-angle end state.

条件式(4)は、広角端状態における、変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離と、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との合成焦点距離との比を規定するものである。なお、条件式(4)は、広角端状態において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3とで略アフォーカルとなることを意味する。条件式(4)を満足することで、広角端状態における球面収差と像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。 Conditional expression (4) defines the ratio between the focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state and the combined focal length of the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, and the third lens group G3. It is a thing. The conditional expression (4) means that the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, and the third lens group G3 are substantially afocal in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying the conditional expression (4), spherical aberration and curvature of field in the wide-angle end state can be satisfactorily corrected.

条件式(4)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、広角端状態における球面収差の補正が困難になる。条件式(4)の下限値を−0.28に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(4)の下限値を、−0.25、−0.20、−0.15、さらに−0.12に設定してもよい。 When the corresponding value of the conditional expression (4) is less than the lower limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the spherical aberration in the wide-angle end state. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (4) to −0.28, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of this embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (4) may be set to -0.25, -0.20, -0.15, and further -0.12. good.

条件式(4)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、広角端状態における球面収差の補正が困難になる。条件式(4)の上限値を0.55に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(4)の上限値を、0.50、0.45、0.40、0.35、0.30、0.25、0.20、0.15、0.10、さらに0.05に設定してもよい。 If the corresponding value of the conditional expression (4) exceeds the upper limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the spherical aberration in the wide-angle end state. By setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (4) to 0.55, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of this embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (4) is set to 0.50, 0.45, 0.40, 0.35, 0.30, 0.25, 0. It may be set to .20, 0.15, 0.10, and further 0.05.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(5)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (5).

−1.50<ft/f123t<1.00 ・・・(5)
但し、ft:望遠端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離
f123t:望遠端状態における第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との合成焦点距離
-1.50 <ft / f123t <1.00 ... (5)
However, ft: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the telephoto end state f123t: the combined focal length of the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, and the third lens group G3 in the telephoto end state.

条件式(5)は、望遠端状態における、変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離と、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との合成焦点距離との比を規定するものである。なお、条件式(5)は、望遠端状態において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3とで略アフォーカルとなることを意味する。条件式(5)を満足することで、望遠端状態における球面収差と像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。 Conditional expression (5) defines the ratio between the focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the telephoto end state and the combined focal length of the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, and the third lens group G3. It is a thing. The conditional expression (5) means that the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, and the third lens group G3 are substantially afocal in the telephoto end state. By satisfying the conditional expression (5), spherical aberration and curvature of field in the telephoto end state can be satisfactorily corrected.

条件式(5)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、望遠端状態における球面収差の補正が困難になる。条件式(5)の下限値を−1.35に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(5)の下限値を、−1.00、−0.90、さらに−0.80に設定してもよい。 When the corresponding value of the conditional expression (5) is less than the lower limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the spherical aberration in the telephoto end state. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (5) to −1.35, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (5) may be set to −1.00, −0.90, and further −0.80.

条件式(5)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、望遠端状態における球面収差の補正が困難になる。条件式(5)の上限値を0.50に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(5)の上限値を、0.20、0.10、−0.10、さらに−0.20に設定してもよい。 If the corresponding value of the conditional expression (5) exceeds the upper limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the spherical aberration in the telephoto end state. By setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (5) to 0.50, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (5) may be set to 0.20, 0.10, −0.10, and further −0.20.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(6)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (6).

0.20<BFw/fw<0.60 ・・・(6)
但し、BFw:広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの最も像側のレンズ面から像面までの距離
fw:広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離
0.20 <BFw / fw <0.60 ... (6)
However, BFw: the distance from the lens surface to the image plane of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state fw: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state.

条件式(6)は、広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLのバックフォーカスと変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離との比を規定するものである。条件式(6)を満足することで、広角端状態における像面湾曲の補正を効率よく行うことができる。 Conditional expression (6) defines the ratio of the back focus of the variable magnification optical system ZL to the focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying the conditional expression (6), the curvature of field in the wide-angle end state can be efficiently corrected.

条件式(6)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、広角端状態における像面湾曲の補正が困難になる。条件式(6)の下限値を0.25に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(6)の下限値を、0.30、0.35、0.37、さらに0.40に設定してもよい。 When the corresponding value of the conditional expression (6) is less than the lower limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the curvature of field in the wide-angle end state. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (6) to 0.25, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (6) may be set to 0.30, 0.35, 0.37, and further 0.40.

条件式(6)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、広角端状態における像面湾曲の補正が不十分となる。条件式(6)の上限値を0.56に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(6)の上限値を、0.54、0.52、さらに0.50に設定してもよい。 If the corresponding value of the conditional expression (6) exceeds the upper limit value, the correction of curvature of field in the wide-angle end state becomes insufficient. By setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (6) to 0.56, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (6) may be set to 0.54, 0.52, and further 0.50.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、合焦の際に、第5レンズ群G5が像面に対して移動することが望ましい。これにより、合焦の際の球面収差の変動を抑えることができる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the fifth lens group G5 moves with respect to the image plane at the time of focusing. As a result, fluctuations in spherical aberration during focusing can be suppressed.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第5レンズ群G5は、少なくとも1枚の正レンズと、少なくとも1枚の負レンズとを有することが望ましい。これにより、合焦の際の像面湾曲の変動を抑えることができる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the fifth lens group G5 has at least one positive lens and at least one negative lens. As a result, fluctuations in curvature of field during focusing can be suppressed.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(7)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (7).

1.00<(−f5)/fw<16.00 ・・・(7)
但し、f5:第5レンズ群G5の焦点距離
fw:広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離
1.00 <(-f5) / fw <16.00 ... (7)
However, f5: focal length of the fifth lens group G5 fw: focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state.

条件式(7)は、第5レンズ群G5の焦点距離と広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離との比を規定するものである。条件式(7)を満足することで、合焦の際に発生する像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。 The conditional equation (7) defines the ratio between the focal length of the fifth lens group G5 and the focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying the conditional expression (7), the curvature of field generated at the time of focusing can be satisfactorily corrected.

条件式(7)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、合焦の際に発生する像面湾曲を抑えることが困難になる。条件式(7)の下限値を1.10に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(7)の下限値を、1.20、1.30、1.40、さらに1.45に設定してもよい。 If the corresponding value of the conditional expression (7) is less than the lower limit value, it becomes difficult to suppress the curvature of field that occurs during focusing. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (7) to 1.10, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (7) may be set to 1.20, 1.30, 1.40, and further 1.45.

条件式(7)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、合焦の際に発生する像面湾曲の補正が不十分となる。また、合焦の際の第5レンズ群G5の移動量が大きくなるため、鏡筒が大型化する。条件式(7)の上限値を15.50に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(7)の上限値を、10.00、8.00、5.00、4.00、3.00、2.45、2.38、2.33、2.28、2.25、さらに2.10に設定してもよい。 If the corresponding value of the conditional expression (7) exceeds the upper limit value, the correction of the curvature of field generated at the time of focusing becomes insufficient. Further, since the amount of movement of the fifth lens group G5 during focusing becomes large, the lens barrel becomes large. By setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (7) to 15.50, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of this embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (7) is set to 10.00, 8.00, 5.00, 4.00, 3.00, 2.45, 2 It may be set to .38, 2.33, 2.28, 2.25, and further 2.10.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(8)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (8).

1.00<Mv5/Mv6<3.00 ・・・(8)
但し、Mv5:広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の第5レンズ群G5の移動量(物体側への移動量の符号を+とする)
Mv6:広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の第6レンズ群G6の移動量(物体側への移動量の符号を+とする)
1.00 <Mv5 / Mv6 <3.00 ... (8)
However, Mv5: the amount of movement of the fifth lens group G5 when scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state (the sign of the amount of movement toward the object is +).
Mv6: Amount of movement of the sixth lens group G6 when scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state (the sign of the amount of movement toward the object is +).

条件式(8)は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際における、第5レンズ群G5の移動量と第6レンズ群G6の移動量との比を規定するものである。条件式(8)を満足することで、像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。 Conditional expression (8) defines the ratio of the amount of movement of the fifth lens group G5 to the amount of movement of the sixth lens group G6 when scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. By satisfying the conditional expression (8), the curvature of field can be satisfactorily corrected.

条件式(8)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、第5レンズ群G5で発生する像面湾曲を抑えることが困難になる。条件式(8)の下限値を1.10に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(8)の下限値を、1.20、1.30、さらに1.40に設定してもよい。 When the corresponding value of the conditional expression (8) is less than the lower limit value, it becomes difficult to suppress the curvature of field generated in the fifth lens group G5. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (8) to 1.10, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (8) may be set to 1.20, 1.30, and further 1.40.

条件式(8)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、第5レンズ群G5での像面湾曲の補正が困難になる。条件式(8)の上限値を2.50に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(8)の上限値を、2.00、1.80、さらに1.60に設定してもよい。 If the corresponding value of the conditional expression (8) exceeds the upper limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the curvature of field in the fifth lens group G5. By setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (8) to 2.50, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (8) may be set to 2.00, 1.80, and further 1.60.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1が像面に対して移動することが望ましい。これにより、高い変倍比を得ることが可能になる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 moves with respect to the image plane at the time of magnification change. This makes it possible to obtain a high scaling ratio.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第1レンズ群G1は、3枚以上のレンズからなることが望ましい。これにより、特に望遠端状態において、球面収差を良好に補正することができる。また、高い変倍比を得ることが可能になる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 is composed of three or more lenses. As a result, spherical aberration can be satisfactorily corrected, especially in the telephoto end state. Moreover, it becomes possible to obtain a high scaling ratio.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下の条件式(9)を満足することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments satisfies the following conditional expression (9).

0.30<Mv1/(ft−fw)<0.80 ・・・(9)
但し、Mv1:広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の第1レンズ群G1の移動量(物体側への移動量の符号を+とする)
ft:望遠端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離
fw:広角端状態における変倍光学系ZLの焦点距離
0.30 <Mv1 / (ft-fw) <0.80 ... (9)
However, Mv1: the amount of movement of the first lens group G1 when scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state (the sign of the amount of movement toward the object is +).
ft: Focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the telephoto end state fw: Focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state

条件式(9)は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の焦点距離の変化に対する、第1レンズ群G1の移動量を規定するものである。条件式(9)を満足することで、望遠端状態における球面収差と像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。 The conditional expression (9) defines the amount of movement of the first lens group G1 with respect to the change in the focal length at the time of scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. By satisfying the conditional expression (9), spherical aberration and curvature of field in the telephoto end state can be satisfactorily corrected.

条件式(9)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、望遠端状態における球面収差の補正が困難になる。条件式(9)の下限値を0.32に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(9)の下限値を、0.33、0.34、さらに0.35に設定してもよい。 When the corresponding value of the conditional expression (9) is less than the lower limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the spherical aberration in the telephoto end state. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (9) to 0.32, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (9) may be set to 0.33, 0.34, and further 0.35.

条件式(9)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、望遠端状態における像面湾曲の補正が困難になる。また、第1レンズ群G1の径が大きくなり、鏡筒の重量が大きくなる。条件式(9)の上限値を0.77に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(9)の上限値を、0.70、0.65、0.58、0.50、0.45、さらに0.40に設定してもよい。 If the corresponding value of the conditional expression (9) exceeds the upper limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the curvature of field in the telephoto end state. In addition, the diameter of the first lens group G1 becomes large, and the weight of the lens barrel becomes large. By setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (9) to 0.77, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of this embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (9) is set to 0.70, 0.65, 0.58, 0.50, 0.45, and further 0.40. It may be set.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第6レンズ群G6に空気レンズが設けられ、以下の条件式(10)を満足することが望ましい。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that an air lens is provided in the sixth lens group G6 and the following conditional expression (10) is satisfied.

0.00<(RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)<2.00
・・・(10)
但し、RAr1:第6レンズ群G6の空気レンズにおける物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
RAr2:第6レンズ群G6の空気レンズにおける像側のレンズ面の曲率半径
0.00 <(RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) <2.00
... (10)
However, RR1: radius of curvature of the lens surface on the object side in the air lens of the sixth lens group G6 RAr2: radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side in the air lens of the sixth lens group G6.

条件式(10)は、第6レンズ群G6に設けられる空気レンズのシェイプファクターを規定するものである。条件式(10)を満足することで、像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。 The conditional expression (10) defines the shape factor of the air lens provided in the sixth lens group G6. By satisfying the conditional expression (10), the curvature of field can be satisfactorily corrected.

条件式(10)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、像面湾曲の補正が困難になる。条件式(18)の下限値を0.01に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(10)の下限値を、0.10、0.20、0.28、0.30、0.40、さらに0.45に設定してもよい。 When the corresponding value of the conditional expression (10) is less than the lower limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the curvature of field. By setting the lower limit value of the conditional expression (18) to 0.01, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of this embodiment, the lower limit of the conditional expression (10) is set to 0.10, 0.20, 0.28, 0.30, 0.40, and further 0.45. It may be set.

条件式(10)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、像面湾曲の補正が困難になる。条件式(10)の上限値を1.90に設定することで、本実施形態の効果をより確実なものとすることができる。本実施形態の効果をさらに確実なものとするために、条件式(10)の上限値を、1.70、1.50、1.20、さらに1.00に設定してもよい。 If the corresponding value of the conditional expression (10) exceeds the upper limit value, it becomes difficult to correct the curvature of field. By setting the upper limit value of the conditional expression (10) to 1.90, the effect of the present embodiment can be made more reliable. In order to further ensure the effect of the present embodiment, the upper limit of the conditional expression (10) may be set to 1.70, 1.50, 1.20, and further 1.00.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、変倍の際に、少なくとも、第1レンズ群G1と、第3レンズ群G3と、第4レンズ群G4と、第5レンズ群G5と、第6レンズ群G6とが像面に対して移動することが望ましい。これにより、変倍の際の各レンズ群の倍率変動を大きくすることが可能になる。また、変倍の際に第3レンズ群G3で発生する収差を、第4レンズ群G4で補正することが可能になる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, at least the first lens group G1, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 at the time of magnification change. And the sixth lens group G6 should move with respect to the image plane. This makes it possible to increase the magnification fluctuation of each lens group at the time of scaling. Further, the aberration generated in the third lens group G3 at the time of scaling can be corrected by the fourth lens group G4.

第1および第2実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、変倍の際に移動するレンズ群は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際に物体側へ移動することが望ましい。これにより、本実施形態の性能を満足する十分な変倍比を確保することができる。 In the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments, it is desirable that the lens group that moves at the time of magnification change moves to the object side at the time of magnification change from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. As a result, it is possible to secure a sufficient scaling ratio that satisfies the performance of the present embodiment.

続いて、図41を参照しながら、第1実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLの製造方法について概説する。まず、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、第5レンズ群G5と、第6レンズ群G6とを配置する(ステップST1)。そして、変倍の際に、変倍光学系ZLにおける複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化するように構成する(ステップST2)。また、変倍の際に移動する絞りを配置する。このとき、変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と絞りとが、変倍の際に一体的に移動するように、レンズ鏡筒内に各レンズを配置する(ステップST3)。このような製造方法によれば、高い変倍比で良好な光学性能を有した変倍光学系を製造することが可能になる。 Subsequently, the manufacturing method of the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment will be outlined with reference to FIG. 41. First, in order from the object side, a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a positive refractive power. A fourth lens group G4, a fifth lens group G5, and a sixth lens group G6 are arranged (step ST1). Then, at the time of scaling, the plurality of lens groups in the variable magnification optical system ZL move, and the distance between the adjacent lens groups changes (step ST2). In addition, an aperture that moves when scaling is arranged. At this time, each lens is arranged in the lens barrel so that the lens group on the image side and the aperture of the lens groups that move at the time of magnification change move integrally at the time of magnification change (step). ST3). According to such a manufacturing method, it is possible to manufacture a variable magnification optical system having a high magnification ratio and good optical performance.

以下、第1および第2実施形態の実施例に係る変倍光学系ZLを図面に基づいて説明する。図1、図4、図7、図10、図13、図16、図19、図22、図25、図28、図31、図34、図37は、第1〜第13実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL{ZL(1)〜ZL(13)}の構成および屈折力配分を示す断面図である。なお、第1〜第11実施例および第13実施例は、第1および第2実施形態に対応する実施例であり、第12実施例は参考例である。各図には、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際に移動するレンズ群の光軸に沿った移動方向を矢印で示している。さらに、合焦群が無限遠から近距離物体に合焦する際の移動方向を、「合焦」という文字とともに矢印で示している。第3レンズ群G3の少なくとも一部が防振群として像ブレを補正する際の移動方向を、「防振」という文字とともに矢印で示している。 Hereinafter, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first and second embodiments will be described with reference to the drawings. 1, FIG. 4, FIG. 7, FIG. 10, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, FIG. 19, FIG. 22, FIG. 25, FIG. 28, FIG. 31, FIG. 34, FIG. 37 are modifications according to the first to thirteenth embodiments. It is sectional drawing which shows the structure and the refractive power distribution of the magnification optical system ZL {ZL (1) to ZL (13)}. The first to eleventh examples and the thirteenth embodiment are examples corresponding to the first and second embodiments, and the twelfth embodiment is a reference example. In each figure, the moving direction along the optical axis of the lens group that moves when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state is indicated by an arrow. Furthermore, the direction of movement when the focusing group focuses on a short-distance object from infinity is indicated by an arrow together with the letters "focusing". The moving direction when at least a part of the third lens group G3 acts as an anti-vibration group to correct image blur is indicated by an arrow together with the characters "anti-vibration".

これらの図(図1、図4、図7、図10、図13、図16、図19、図22、図25、図28、図31、図34、図37)において、各レンズ群を符号Gと数字の組み合わせにより、各レンズを符号Lと数字の組み合わせにより、それぞれ表している。この場合において、符号、数字の種類および数が大きくなって煩雑化するのを防止するため、実施例毎にそれぞれ独立して符号と数字の組み合わせを用いてレンズ群等を表している。このため、実施例間で同一の符号と数字の組み合わせが用いられていても、同一の構成であることを意味するものでは無い。 In these figures (FIGS. 1, FIG. 4, FIG. 7, FIG. 10, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, FIG. 19, FIG. 22, FIG. 25, FIG. 28, FIG. 31, FIG. 34, FIG. 37), each lens group is referred to as a reference. Each lens is represented by a combination of G and a number, and each lens is represented by a combination of a code L and a number. In this case, in order to prevent the types and numbers of the symbols and numbers from becoming large and complicated, the lens group and the like are represented by independently using combinations of the symbols and numbers for each embodiment. Therefore, even if the same combination of reference numerals and numbers is used between the examples, it does not mean that they have the same configuration.

以下に表1〜表13を示すが、この内、表1は第1実施例、表2は第2実施例、表3は第3実施例、表4は第4実施例、表5は第5実施例、表6は第6実施例、表7は第7実施例、表8は第8実施例、表9は第9実施例、表10は第10実施例、表11は第11実施例、表12は第12実施例、表13は第13実施例における各諸元データを示す表である。各実施例では収差特性の算出対象として、d線(波長λ=587.6nm)、g線(波長λ=435.8nm)を選んでいる。 Tables 1 to 13 are shown below. Among them, Table 1 is the first embodiment, Table 2 is the second embodiment, Table 3 is the third embodiment, Table 4 is the fourth embodiment, and Table 5 is the first embodiment. 5 Examples, Table 6 is the 6th Example, Table 7 is the 7th Example, Table 8 is the 8th Example, Table 9 is the 9th Example, Table 10 is the 10th Example, and Table 11 is the 11th Example. Examples, Table 12 is a table showing each specification data in the twelfth embodiment, and Table 13 is a table showing each specification data in the thirteenth embodiment. In each embodiment, the d-line (wavelength λ = 587.6 nm) and the g-line (wavelength λ = 435.8 nm) are selected as the calculation targets of the aberration characteristics.

[全体諸元]の表において、FNОはFナンバー、ωは半画角(単位は°(度))、Yは像高を示す。TLは無限遠合焦時の光軸上でのレンズ最前面からレンズ最終面までの距離にBFを加えた距離を示し、BFは無限遠合焦時の光軸上でのレンズ最終面から像面Iまでの空気換算距離(バックフォーカス)を示す。なお、これらの値は、広角端(W)、第1中間焦点距離(M1)、第2中間焦点距離(M2)、望遠端(T)の各変倍状態におけるそれぞれについて示している。また、[全体諸元]の表において、f3bは、防振群の焦点距離を示す。f3cは、3c群の焦点距離を示す。βT3rは、望遠端状態における防振群より像側に配置されたレンズからなるレンズ群の倍率を示す。βT3bは、望遠端状態における防振群の倍率を示す。f123wは、広角端状態における第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との合成焦点距離を示す。f123tは、望遠端状態における第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との合成焦点距離を示す。 In the [Overall specifications] table, FNO is the F number, ω is the half angle of view (unit is ° (degrees)), and Y is the image height. TL indicates the distance from the frontmost surface of the lens to the final surface of the lens on the optical axis at infinity, plus BF, and BF is the image from the final surface of the lens on the optical axis at infinity. The air conversion distance (back focus) to the surface I is shown. These values are shown for each of the wide-angle end (W), the first intermediate focal length (M1), the second intermediate focal length (M2), and the telephoto end (T) in each variable magnification state. Further, in the [Overall specifications] table, f3b indicates the focal length of the anti-vibration group. f3c indicates the focal length of the 3c group. βT3r indicates the magnification of a lens group consisting of lenses arranged on the image side of the anti-vibration group in the telephoto end state. βT3b indicates the magnification of the anti-vibration group in the telephoto end state. f123w indicates the combined focal length of the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, and the third lens group G3 in the wide-angle end state. f123t indicates the combined focal length of the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, and the third lens group G3 in the telephoto end state.

[レンズ諸元]の表において、面番号は光線の進行する方向に沿った物体側からの光学面の順序を示し、Rは各光学面の曲率半径(曲率中心が像側に位置する面を正の値としている)、Dは各光学面から次の光学面(又は像面)までの光軸上の距離である面間隔、ndは光学部材の材質のd線に対する屈折率、νdは光学部材の材質のd線を基準とするアッベ数をそれぞれ示す。曲率半径の「∞」は平面又は開口を、(絞りS)は開口絞りを、それぞれ示す。空気の屈折率nd=1.00000の記載は省略している。レンズ面が非球面である場合には面番号に*印を付して曲率半径Rの欄には近軸曲率半径を示している。 In the [Lens Specifications] table, the surface numbers indicate the order of the optical surfaces from the object side along the direction in which the light beam travels, and R is the radius of curvature of each optical surface (the surface whose center of curvature is located on the image side). (Positive value), D is the distance on the optical axis from each optical surface to the next optical surface (or image surface), nd is the refractive index of the material of the optical member with respect to the d line, and νd is optical. The Abbe number based on the d-line of the material of the member is shown. The radius of curvature "∞" indicates a plane or an aperture, and (aperture S) indicates an aperture stop. The description of the refractive index nd of air = 1.00000 is omitted. When the lens surface is aspherical, the surface number is marked with * and the radius of curvature R indicates the paraxial radius of curvature.

[非球面データ]の表には、[レンズ諸元]に示した非球面について、その形状を次式(A)で示す。X(y)は非球面の頂点における接平面から高さyにおける非球面上の位置までの光軸方向に沿った距離(ザグ量)を、Rは基準球面の曲率半径(近軸曲率半径)を、κは円錐定数を、Aiは第i次の非球面係数を示す。「E-n」は、「×10-n」を示す。例えば、1.234E-05=1.234×10-5である。なお、2次の非球面係数A2は0であり、その記載を省略している。In the table of [Aspherical surface data], the shape of the aspherical surface shown in [Lens specifications] is shown by the following equation (A). X (y) is the distance (zag amount) along the optical axis direction from the tangent plane at the apex of the aspherical surface to the position on the aspherical surface at the height y, and R is the radius of curvature of the reference sphere (near axis radius of curvature). , Kappa is the conical constant, and Ai is the i-th order aspherical coefficient. "E-n" indicates " x10 -n". For example, 1.234E-05 = 1.234 × 10 -5 . The second-order aspherical coefficient A2 is 0, and the description thereof is omitted.

X(y)=(y2/R)/{1+(1−κ×y2/R21/2}+A4×y4+A6×y6+A8×y8+A10×y10+A12×y12 ・・・(A)X (y) = (y 2 / R) / {1 + (1-κ × y 2 / R 2 ) 1/2 } + A4 × y 4 + A6 × y 6 + A8 × y 8 + A10 × y 10 + A12 × y 12・・ ・ (A)

[レンズ群データ]の表には、各レンズ群のそれぞれの始面(最も物体側の面)と焦点距離を示す。 The [lens group data] table shows the starting surface (the surface closest to the object) and the focal length of each lens group.

[可変間隔データ]の表には、[レンズ諸元]を示す表において面間隔が「可変」となっている面番号での面間隔を示す。ここでは無限遠および近距離に合焦させたときのそれぞれについて、広角端(W)、第1中間焦点距離(M1)、第2中間焦点距離(M2)、望遠端(T)の各変倍状態における面間隔を示す。[可変間隔データ]において、fはレンズ全系の焦点距離、βは撮影倍率を示す。 The table of [variable spacing data] shows the surface spacing with the plane number in which the surface spacing is "variable" in the table showing [lens specifications]. Here, the wide-angle end (W), the first intermediate focal length (M1), the second intermediate focal length (M2), and the telephoto end (T) are scaled for each when focused at infinity and short distance. Indicates the surface spacing in the state. In [variable interval data], f indicates the focal length of the entire lens system, and β indicates the photographing magnification.

[条件式対応値]の表には、各条件式に対応する値を示す。 The table of [Conditional expression corresponding values] shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression.

以下、全ての諸元値において、掲載されている焦点距離f、曲率半径R、面間隔D、その他の長さ等は、特記のない場合一般に「mm」が使われるが、光学系は比例拡大又は比例縮小しても同等の光学性能が得られるので、これに限られるものではない。 Hereinafter, in all the specification values, "mm" is generally used for the focal length f, the radius of curvature R, the plane spacing D, other lengths, etc., unless otherwise specified, but the optical system is expanded proportionally. Alternatively, it is not limited to this because the same optical performance can be obtained even if the proportional reduction is performed.

ここまでの表の説明は全ての実施例において共通であり、以下での重複する説明は省略する。 The description of the table so far is common to all the examples, and the duplicate description below is omitted.

(第1実施例)
第1実施例について、図1〜図3および表1を用いて説明する。図1は、第1実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第1実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(1)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図1の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。各レンズ群記号に付けている符号(+)もしくは(−)は各レンズ群の屈折力を示し、このことは以下の全ての実施例でも同様である。
(First Example)
The first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 and Table 1. FIG. 1 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the first embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (1) according to the first embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 1, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally. The symbol (+) or (-) attached to each lens group symbol indicates the refractive power of each lens group, and this also applies to all the following examples.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、両凸形状の正レンズL12と、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex positive lens L12, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. Will be done.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、両凹形状の負レンズL24とから構成される。 The second lens group G2 includes a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L22, a biconvex positive lens L23, and a biconcave negative lens arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a lens L24.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL34とから構成される。 The third lens group G3 includes a biconvex positive lens L31 arranged in order from the object side, a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L32 with a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33, and an object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L34 with a concave surface facing.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と両凸形状の正レンズL44との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL44は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a junction lens with a biconvex positive lens L44. The positive lens L44 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。負メニスカスレンズL61は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The negative meniscus lens L61 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表1に、第1実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 1 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the first embodiment.

(表1)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.848
f123w=-217.63848
f123t=-267.32298
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12109 5.58779 6.39998 6.50002
ω 42.58698 22.66696 11.13686 6.13014
Y 20.50 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 126.45486 144.98844 168.50373 188.4741
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 185.7354 2.0000 31.27 1.903660
2 75.9813 1.0263
3 81.5981 6.4204 67.90 1.593190
4 -494.4016 0.1000
5 59.1320 6.1300 67.90 1.593190
6 390.1369 D1(可変)
7 236.0277 1.2500 32.33 1.953750
8 19.0394 5.0675
9 -46.6700 1.1000 52.33 1.755000
10 68.1612 0.4169
11 37.1210 3.3840 20.88 1.922860
12 -52.5580 0.5124
13 -32.9357 1.0000 46.59 1.816000
14 416.8076 D2(可変)
15 ∞ 2.0000 (絞りS)
16 39.8204 2.5136 35.72 1.902650
17 -292.5261 0.5000
18 36.7161 1.0000 29.12 2.001000
19 20.9452 3.3404 53.74 1.579570
20 -76.0620 1.4447
21 -35.5626 1.0000 32.33 1.953750
22 -290.1606 D3(可変)
23 37.1374 4.6344 42.73 1.834810
24 -37.1374 1.0000 31.27 1.903660
25 -308.9768 0.1000
26 31.6449 2.7756 32.33 1.953750
27 15.2741 8.7030 81.49 1.497100
28* -40.3095 D4(可変)
29 1365.4927 3.0634 23.80 1.846660
30 -35.3251 1.0000 40.13 1.851350
31* 32.6144 D5(可変)
32 -16.9998 1.4000 42.51 1.820800
33* -22.5398 0.1000
34 626.7496 3.5530 37.57 1.683760
35 -77.6296 BF
[非球面データ]
第28面
κ=1.0000,A4=3.13017E-05,A6=-1.03090E-07
A8=6.53525E-10,A10=-2.57830E-12,A12=0.32673E-14
第31面
κ=1.0000,A4=-6.66636E-06,A6=5.10546E-08
A8=1.72567E-11,A10=-2.40595E-12,A12=0.98445E-14
第33面
κ=1.0000,A4=-1.93366E-06,A6=-2.05750E-08
A8=8.81224E-11,A10=-2.94021E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 98.9899
G2 7 -16.5057
G3 16 48.48369
G4 23 28.91747
G5 29 -39.0895
G6 32 -15588.34
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.72001 49.99999 105.05133 193.99063
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 17.29645 38.92328 54.52847
D2 18.83905 10.91446 4.55495 1.10018
D3 12.23175 6.39417 3.18615 1.47844
D4 5.54311 4.42699 5.70823 2.00068
D5 10.05055 17.00460 18.93085 24.34574
BF 11.75486 22.41624 30.66474 38.48515
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06221 -0.11053 -0.17918 -0.28386
D0 365.9340 397.4004 473.8851 503.9147
D1 1.50000 17.29645 38.92328 54.52847
D2 18.83905 10.91446 4.55495 1.10018
D3 12.23175 6.39417 3.18615 1.47844
D4 6.43705 6.05192 10.02051 11.69839
D5 9.15661 15.37967 14.61857 14.64803
BF 11.78171 22.50112 30.88824 39.04500
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.848
条件式(2) ωw=42.587
条件式(3) ωt=6.130
条件式(4) fw/f123w=-0.114
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.726
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.476
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=1.581
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.535
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.366
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.931
(Table 1)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.848
f123w = -217.63848
f123t = -267.32298
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12109 5.58779 6.39998 6.50002
ω 42.58698 22.66696 11.13686 6.13014
Y 20.50 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 126.45486 144.98844 168.50373 188.4741
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 185.7354 2.0000 31.27 1.903660
2 75.9813 1.0263
3 81.5981 6.4204 67.90 1.593190
4-494.4016 0.1000
5 59.1320 6.1300 67.90 1.593190
6 390.1369 D1 (variable)
7 236.0277 1.2500 32.33 1.953750
8 19.0394 5.0675
9 -46.6700 1.1000 52.33 1.755000
10 68.1612 0.4169
11 37.1210 3.3840 20.88 1.922860
12 -52.5580 0.5124
13 -32.9357 1.0000 46.59 1.816000
14 416.8076 D2 (variable)
15 ∞ 2.0000 (Aperture S)
16 39.8204 2.5136 35.72 1.902650
17 -292.5261 0.5000
18 36.7161 1.0000 29.12 2.001000
19 20.9452 3.3404 53.74 1.579570
20 -76.0620 1.4447
21 -35.5626 1.0000 32.33 1.953750
22 -290.1606 D3 (variable)
23 37.1374 4.6344 42.73 1.834810
24 -37.1374 1.0000 31.27 1.903660
25 -308.9768 0.1000
26 31.6449 2.7756 32.33 1.953750
27 15.2741 8.7030 81.49 1.497100
28 * -40.3095 D4 (variable)
29 1365.4927 3.0634 23.80 1.846660
30 -35.3251 1.0000 40.13 1.851350
31 * 32.6144 D5 (variable)
32 -16.9998 1.4000 42.51 1.820800
33 * -22.5398 0.1000
34 626.7496 3.5530 37.57 1.683760
35 -77.6296 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 28 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 3.13017E-05, A6 = -1.03090E-07
A8 = 6.53525E-10, A10 = -2.57830E-12, A12 = 0.32673E-14
Side 31 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -6.666636E-06, A6 = 5.10546E-08
A8 = 1.72567E-11, A10 = -2.40595E-12, A12 = 0.98445E-14
Side 33 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -1.93366E-06, A6 = -2.05750E-08
A8 = 8.81224E-11, A10 = -2.90421E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 98.9899
G2 7 -16.5057
G3 16 48.48369
G4 23 28.91747
G5 29 -39.0895
G6 32 -15588.34
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.72001 49.99999 105.05133 193.99063
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 17.29645 38.92328 54.52847
D2 18.83905 10.91446 4.55495 1.10018
D3 12.23175 6.39417 3.18615 1.47844
D4 5.54311 4.42699 5.70823 2.00068
D5 10.05055 17.00460 18.93085 24.34574
BF 11.75486 22.41624 30.66474 38.48515
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06221 -0.11053 -0.17918 -0.28386
D0 365.9340 397.4004 473.8851 503.9147
D1 1.50000 17.29645 38.92328 54.52847
D2 18.83905 10.91446 4.55495 1.10018
D3 12.23175 6.39417 3.18615 1.47844
D4 6.43705 6.05192 10.02051 11.69839
D5 9.15661 15.37967 14.61857 14.64803
BF 11.78171 22.50112 30.88824 39.04500
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.884
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.587
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.130
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = -0.114
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.726
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.476
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 1.581
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.535
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.366
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.931

図2(A)、および図2(B)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図3(A)、および図3(B)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。図2(A)、および図2(B)の各収差図において、FNOはFナンバー、Yは像高をそれぞれ示す。球面収差図では最大口径に対応するFナンバーの値を示し、非点収差図および歪曲収差図では像高の最大値をそれぞれ示し、コマ収差図では各像高の値を示す。図3(A)、および図3(B)のコマ収差図では各像高の値を示す。また各収差図において、dはd線(波長λ=587.6nm)、gはg線(波長λ=435.8nm)をそれぞれ示す。非点収差図において、実線はサジタル像面、破線はメリディオナル像面をそれぞれ示す。なお、以下に示す各実施例の収差図においても、本実施例と同様の符号を用い、重複する説明は省略する。 2 (A) and 2 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the first embodiment, respectively. 3 (A) and 3 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the first embodiment, respectively. In each aberration diagram of FIGS. 2 (A) and 2 (B), FNO indicates an F number and Y indicates an image height. The spherical aberration diagram shows the value of the F number corresponding to the maximum aperture, the astigmatism diagram and the distortion diagram show the maximum value of the image height, and the coma aberration diagram shows the value of each image height. The coma aberration diagrams of FIGS. 3 (A) and 3 (B) show the values of each image height. Further, in each aberration diagram, d indicates the d line (wavelength λ = 587.6 nm), and g indicates the g line (wavelength λ = 435.8 nm). In the astigmatism diagram, the solid line shows the sagittal image plane and the broken line shows the meridional image plane. In the aberration diagrams of each of the following examples, the same reference numerals as those of the present embodiment will be used, and duplicate description will be omitted.

各諸収差図より、第1実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the first embodiment has various aberrations satisfactorily corrected and has excellent imaging performance.

(第2実施例)
第2実施例について、図4〜図6および表2を用いて説明する。図4は、第2実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第2実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(2)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSが設けられた正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りSが設けられた第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図4の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(Second Example)
The second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6 and Table 2. FIG. 4 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (2) according to the second embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. A third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power provided with an aperture S, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a negative refractive power. It is composed of a sixth lens group G6 having a lens. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3 provided with the aperture stop S, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 , And the sixth lens group G6 move along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 4, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、両凸形状の正レンズL12と、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex positive lens L12, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. Will be done.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL31と、開口絞りSと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL34とから構成される。 The third lens group G3 is a combination of a biconvex positive lens L31, an aperture diaphragm S, a negative meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33 arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a lens and a negative meniscus lens L34 with a concave surface facing the object side.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と両凸形状の正レンズL44との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL44は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a junction lens with a biconvex positive lens L44. The positive lens L44 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。負メニスカスレンズL61は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The negative meniscus lens L61 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表2に、第2実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 2 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment.

(表2)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.848
f123w=-377.733
f123t=-288.19144
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.60000 6.20000 6.49999
ω 43.04718 22.53540 10.65017 6.13829
Y 20.91 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 125.95528 142.51715 167.85323 186.8435
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 188.64525 2.00000 31.27 1.903660
2 77.80524 0.84780
3 80.41425 6.51915 67.90 1.593190
4 -471.30377 0.10000
5 62.30684 5.66572 67.90 1.593190
6 358.24871 D1(可変)
7 230.01286 1.25000 43.79 1.848500
8 18.45421 5.50336
9 -40.33983 1.10000 52.34 1.755000
10 79.65336 0.38546
11 39.14822 3.37749 23.80 1.846660
12 -47.38891 0.46523
13 -31.94449 1.00000 46.59 1.816000
14 -2729.77760 D2(可変)
15 41.64137 2.51154 35.73 1.902650
16 -289.39118 0.40000
17 ∞ 0.10000 (絞りS)
18 38.12143 1.00000 29.12 2.001000
19 21.49924 3.26023 53.74 1.579570
20 -73.20919 1.47119
21 -34.94662 1.00000 32.33 1.953750
22 -165.99888 D3(可変)
23 37.20805 4.18411 42.73 1.834810
24 -43.17368 1.00003 31.27 1.903660
25 -659.56023 1.54931
26 28.71779 1.32801 32.33 1.953750
27 14.76801 9.10325 81.49 1.497100
28* -42.86465 D4(可変)
29 255.99237 3.36761 23.80 1.846660
30 -33.68693 1.00000 40.13 1.851350
31* 31.06431 D5(可変)
32 -23.57856 1.40000 45.21 1.794457
33* -50.21699 0.10000
34 91.45040 3.78568 29.84 1.800000
35 -197.78095 BF
[非球面データ]
第28面
κ=1.0000,A4=2.56920E-05,A6=-9.38399E-08
A8=4.71077E-10,A10=-1.70196E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
第31面
κ=1.0000,A4=-6.78111E-06,A6=6.47335E-08
A8=-3.28125E-10,A10=2.56418E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第33面
κ=1.0000,A4=3.30419E-06,A6=-1.76274E-09
A8=1.66657E-12,A10=1.80471E-14,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 102.16195
G2 7 -16.76640
G3 15 47.83089
G4 23 29.71748
G5 29 -41.62356
G6 32 -236.16863
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.72031 50.00094 110.00281 194.00483
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 17.23398 38.86323 55.71214
D2 19.13452 10.77832 3.90279 1.10000
D3 12.16022 5.90688 2.59619 1.47832
D4 5.12094 4.32200 5.90770 2.00000
D5 10.00915 17.06861 18.78383 23.80987
BF 11.25528 20.43218 31.02431 35.96804
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06086 -0.10794 -0.18504 -0.27368
D0 374.0451 407.4838 482.1484 513.1582
D1 1.50000 17.23398 38.86323 55.71214
D2 19.13452 10.77832 3.90279 1.10000
D3 12.16022 5.90688 2.59619 1.47832
D4 6.06949 6.02341 10.42761 11.59738
D5 9.06059 15.36720 14.26392 14.21249
BF 11.25529 20.4322 31.02445 35.96847
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.848
条件式(2) ωw=43.047
条件式(3) ωt=6.138
条件式(4) fw/f123w=-0.112
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.783
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.455
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=1.684
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.558
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.360
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.291
(Table 2)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.848
f123w = -377.733
f123t = -288.19144
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.60000 6.20000 6.49999
ω 43.04718 22.53540 10.65017 6.13829
Y 20.91 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 125.95528 142.51715 167.85323 186.8435
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 188.64525 2.00000 31.27 1.903660
2 77.80524 0.84780
3 80.41425 6.51915 67.90 1.593190
4-471.30377 0.10000
5 62.30684 5.66572 67.90 1.593190
6 358.24871 D1 (variable)
7 230.01286 1.25000 43.79 1.848500
8 18.45421 5.50336
9 -40.33983 1.10000 52.34 1.755000
10 79.65336 0.38546
11 39.14822 3.37749 23.80 1.846660
12 -47.38891 0.46523
13 -31.94449 1.00000 46.59 1.816000
14 -2729.77760 D2 (variable)
15 41.64137 2.51154 35.73 1.902650
16 -289.39118 0.40000
17 ∞ 0.10000 (Aperture S)
18 38.12143 1.00000 29.12 2.001000
19 21.49924 3.26023 53.74 1.579570
20 -73.20919 1.47119
21 -34.94662 1.00000 32.33 1.953750
22 -165.99888 D3 (variable)
23 37.20805 4.18411 42.73 1.834810
24-43.17368 1.00003 31.27 1.903660
25 -659.56023 1.54931
26 28.71779 1.32801 32.33 1.953750
27 14.76801 9.10325 81.49 1.497100
28 * -42.86465 D4 (variable)
29 255.99237 3.36761 23.80 1.846660
30 -33.68693 1.00000 40.13 1.851350
31 * 31.06431 D5 (variable)
32 -23.57856 1.40000 45.21 1.794457
33 * -50.21699 0.10000
34 91.45040 3.78568 29.84 1.800000
35 -197.78095 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 28 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 2.56920E-05, A6 = -9.38399E-08
A8 = 4.71077E-10, A10 = -1.70196E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 31 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -6.78111E-06, A6 = 6.47335E-08
A8 = -3.28125E-10, A10 = 2.56418E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 33 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 3.30419E-06, A6 = -1.76274E-09
A8 = 1.66657E-12, A10 = 1.80471E-14, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 102.16195
G2 7 -16.76640
G3 15 47.83089
G4 23 29.71748
G5 29 -41.62356
G6 32 -236.16863
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.72031 50.00094 110.00281 194.00483
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 17.23398 38.86323 55.71214
D2 19.13452 10.77832 3.90279 1.10000
D3 12.16022 5.90688 2.59619 1.47832
D4 5.12094 4.32200 5.90770 2.00000
D5 10.00915 17.06861 18.78383 23.80987
BF 11.25528 20.43218 31.02431 35.96804
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06086 -0.10794 -0.18504 -0.27368
D0 374.0451 407.4838 482.1484 513.1582
D1 1.50000 17.23398 38.86323 55.71214
D2 19.13452 10.77832 3.90279 1.10000
D3 12.16022 5.90688 2.59619 1.47832
D4 6.06949 6.02341 10.42761 11.59738
D5 9.06059 15.36720 14.26392 14.21249
BF 11.25529 20.4322 31.02445 35.96847
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.884
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 43.047
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.138
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = -0.112
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.783
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.455
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 1.684
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.558
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.360
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.291

図5(A)、および図5(B)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図6(A)、および図6(B)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第2実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 5 (A) and 5 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment, respectively. 6 (A) and 6 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the second embodiment has various aberrations corrected well and has excellent imaging performance.

(第3実施例)
第3実施例について、図7〜図9および表3を用いて説明する。図7は、第3実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第3実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(3)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図7の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(Third Example)
The third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9 and Table 3. FIG. 7 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the third embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (3) according to the third embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 7, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と両凸形状の正レンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L12 arranged in order from the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of and.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22と、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL24と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL25との接合レンズとから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。負メニスカスレンズL25は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The second lens group G2 includes a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side, arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of L23, a positive meniscus lens L24 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a junction lens L25 having a negative meniscus lens L25 having a concave surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L21 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L25 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL31から構成される。正メニスカスレンズL31は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The third lens group G3 is composed of a positive meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side. The positive meniscus lens L31 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL43との接合レンズと、両凸形状の正レンズL44と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL45との接合レンズとから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL45は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side, a negative meniscus lens L42 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. And a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L44 and a negative meniscus lens L45 with a concave surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L45 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L51 with a concave surface facing the object side and a negative lens L52 having a biconcave shape. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正メニスカスレンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L62 having a concave surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive meniscus lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における正メニスカスレンズL31が、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the positive meniscus lens L31 in the third lens group G3 constitutes a vibration-proof group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis, and the image formation position due to camera shake or the like is formed. The displacement (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表3に、第3実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 3 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the third embodiment.

(表3)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.850
f123w=-526.69259
f123t=-297.45559
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.00001 6.14000 6.50003
ω 41.94830 22.05780 10.36801 5.96172
Y 21.34 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 118.25612 134.48400 163.70742 182.4804
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 151.3952 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 87.2806 5.9280 67.90 1.593190
3 -1349.8590 0.1000
4 76.7487 4.4238 67.90 1.593190
5 320.3570 D1(可変)
6* 395.1403 1.2500 40.66 1.883000
7 17.9444 4.0881
8 172.0131 1.0000 27.15 1.944421
9 41.2622 0.6317
10 28.0910 3.7608 20.88 1.922860
11 282.0417 1.6588
12 -43.9082 1.6452 25.64 1.784720
13 -19.4929 1.1000 43.36 1.839318
14* -367.3130 D2(可変)
15 ∞ 1.8230 (絞りS)
16* 25.2025 2.7754 59.33 1.609605
17 116.8971 D3(可変)
18 27.7315 3.2255 67.90 1.593190
19 -829.3049 0.7234
20 31.9256 2.0849 32.32 1.953747
21 14.4283 4.6386 70.32 1.487490
22 87.2035 0.7730
23 61.3969 5.2420 82.57 1.497820
24 -18.0219 4.1197 37.22 1.882023
25* -25.6911 D4(可変)
26 -1678.9249 3.0141 25.26 1.902000
27 -33.6869 1.0000 40.12 1.851080
28* 40.9152 D5(可変)
29 -15.4450 1.2500 46.59 1.816000
30 -29.1017 0.1000
31 -162.7939 2.9649 29.37 1.950000
32 -61.0034 BF
[非球面データ]
第6面
κ=1.9193,A4=5.26888E-06,A6=-1.61582E-08
A8=5.37910E-11,A10=-9.15512E-14,A12=0.00000E+00
第14面
κ=6.0000,A4=8.64764E-07,A6=-1.04249E-08
A8=-8.45595E-12,A10=4.36832E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第16面
κ=-0.0411,A4=-5.82687E-06,A6=1.89727E-08
A8=-3.04157E-10,A10=1.94188E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
第25面
κ=1.0633,A4=1.55522E-05,A6=-4.60661E-08
A8=2.01166E-10,A10=-8.69226E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第28面
κ=0.0000,A4=-8.62706E-06,A6=9.53672E-08
A8=-5.21848E-10,A10=1.74761E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 111.43064
G2 6 -17.83112
G3 16 52.10796
G4 18 30.96133
G5 26 -50.42308
G6 29 -77.20586
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.72028 50.00010 110.02145 194.04302
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.56355 16.96393 42.92481 58.95782
D2 18.90672 9.77960 3.82294 0.50000
D3 10.22026 5.92276 2.94135 1.20000
D4 6.49920 5.70254 5.42574 2.50000
D5 10.45535 15.54950 18.80771 23.47480
BF 9.29011 19.24474 28.46394 34.52694
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06124 -0.12203 -0.24452 -0.38142
D0 373.1327 356.9049 327.6814 308.9084
D1 1.56355 16.96393 42.92481 58.95782
D2 18.90672 9.77960 3.82294 0.50000
D3 10.22026 5.92276 2.94135 1.20000
D4 7.63429 7.89257 11.92314 16.79614
D5 9.32026 13.35947 12.31031 9.17866
BF 9.31670 19.34984 28.88441 35.54307
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.850
条件式(2) ωw=41.948
条件式(3) ωt=5.962
条件式(4) fw/f123w=-0.047
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.652
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.376
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=2.040
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.516
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.379
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=1.435
(Table 3)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.850
f123w = -526.69259
f123t = -297.45559
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.00001 6.14000 6.50003
ω 41.94830 22.05780 10.36801 5.96172
Y 21.34 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 118.25612 134.48400 163.70742 182.4804
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 151.3952 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 87.2806 5.9280 67.90 1.593190
3 -1349.8590 0.1000
4 76.7487 4.4238 67.90 1.593190
5 320.3570 D1 (variable)
6 * 395.1403 1.2500 40.66 1.883000
7 17.9444 4.0881
8 172.0131 1.0000 27.15 1.944421
9 41.2622 0.6317
10 28.0910 3.7608 20.88 1.922860
11 282.0417 1.6588
12 -43.9082 1.6452 25.64 1.784720
13 -19.4929 1.1000 43.36 1.839318
14 * -367.3130 D2 (variable)
15 ∞ 1.8230 (Aperture S)
16 * 25.2025 2.7754 59.33 1.609605
17 116.8971 D3 (variable)
18 27.7315 3.2255 67.90 1.593190
19 -829.3049 0.7234
20 31.9256 2.0849 32.32 1.953747
21 14.4283 4.6386 70.32 1.487490
22 87.2035 0.7730
23 61.3969 5.2420 82.57 1.497820
24 -18.0219 4.1197 37.22 1.882023
25 * -25.6911 D4 (variable)
26 -1678.9249 3.0141 25.26 1.902000
27 -33.6869 1.0000 40.12 1.851080
28 * 40.9152 D5 (variable)
29 -15.4450 1.2500 46.59 1.816000
30 -29.1017 0.1000
31 -162.7939 2.9649 29.37 1.950000
32 -61.0034 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 6 κ = 1.9193, A4 = 5.26888E-06, A6 = -1.61582E-08
A8 = 5.37910E-11, A10 = -9.15512E-14, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
14th page κ = 6.000, A4 = 8.64764E-07, A6 = -1.04249E-08
A8 = -8.45595E-12, A10 = 4.36832E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
16th surface κ = -0.0411, A4 = -5.82687E-06, A6 = 1.89727E-08
A8 = -3.04157E-10, A10 = 1.94188E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 25 κ = 1.0633, A4 = 1.55522E-05, A6 = -4.66061E-08
A8 = 2.01166E-10, A10 = -8.69226E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 28 κ = 0.000, A4 = -8.62706E-06, A6 = 9.53672E-08
A8 = -5.21848E-10, A10 = 1.74761E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 111.43064
G2 6 -17.83112
G3 16 52.10796
G4 18 30.96133
G5 26 -50.42308
G6 29 -77.20586
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.72028 50.00010 110.02145 194.04302
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.56355 16.96393 42.92481 58.95782
D2 18.90672 9.77960 3.82294 0.50000
D3 10.22026 5.92276 2.94135 1.20000
D4 6.49920 5.70254 5.42574 2.50000
D5 10.45535 15.54950 18.80771 23.47480
BF 9.29011 19.24474 28.46394 34.52694
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06124 -0.12203 -0.24452 -0.38142
D0 373.1327 356.9049 327.6814 308.9084
D1 1.56355 16.96393 42.92481 58.95782
D2 18.90672 9.77960 3.82294 0.50000
D3 10.22026 5.92276 2.94135 1.20000
D4 7.63429 7.89257 11.92314 16.79614
D5 9.32026 13.35947 12.31031 9.17866
BF 9.31670 19.34984 28.88441 35.54307
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.850
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 41.948
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 5.962
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = -0.047
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.652
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.376
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 2.040
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.516
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.379
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 1.435

図8(A)、および図8(B)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図9(A)、および図9(B)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第3実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 8 (A) and 8 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the third embodiment, respectively. 9 (A) and 9 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the third embodiment, respectively. From each of the various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the third embodiment has various aberrations corrected well and has excellent imaging performance.

(第4実施例)
第4実施例について、図10〜図12および表4を用いて説明する。図10は、第4実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第4実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(4)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図10の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(Fourth Example)
A fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 12 and Table 4. FIG. 10 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fourth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (4) according to the fourth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 10, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と両凸形状の正レンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L12 arranged in order from the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of and.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL24と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL25との接合レンズとから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。負メニスカスレンズL25は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The second lens group G2 includes a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex positive lens L23, and an object arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L24 having a concave surface facing the side and a negative meniscus lens L25 having a concave surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L21 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L25 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL31と、両凸形状の正レンズL32と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL33との接合レンズとから構成される。正メニスカスレンズL31は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The third lens group G3 is a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex positive lens L32, and a negative meniscus lens L33 having a concave surface facing the object side, arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of and. The positive meniscus lens L31 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL41と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL43との接合レンズと、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL45との接合レンズとから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL45は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 consists of a positive meniscus lens L41 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L42 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. The lens is composed of a positive meniscus lens L44 having a concave surface facing the object side and a negative meniscus lens L45 having a concave surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L45 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、像面I側に平面を向けた平凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a plano-convex positive lens L62 having a plane facing the image plane I side, which are arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における正レンズL32と負メニスカスレンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the positive lens L32 and the negative meniscus lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表4に、第4実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 4 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the fourth embodiment.

(表4)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.848
f123w=102.18699
f123t=-1535.17561
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.00001 6.14000 6.50003
ω 41.94830 22.05780 10.36801 5.96172
Y 21.65 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 122.11284 138.25648 173.12226 195.4602
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 157.9423 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 81.8879 5.9036 67.90 1.593190
3 -2013.3747 0.1000
4 63.5017 4.6636 63.34 1.618000
5 210.8809 D1(可変)
6* 318.1018 1.2500 40.66 1.883000
7 16.7008 4.7201
8 704.9777 1.3500 25.79 1.940573
9 35.9277 0.1354
10 25.6246 4.3288 20.88 1.922860
11 -84.8316 1.1878
12 -26.8353 2.5514 26.72 1.759928
13 -14.0619 1.1000 40.66 1.883000
14* -120.1155 D2(可変)
15 ∞ 1.7168 (絞りS)
16* 25.0707 2.5492 56.42 1.650119
17 50.5707 1.8201
18 2141.2793 3.9646 47.10 1.718816
19 -19.4561 1.2000 29.37 1.950000
20 -40.3974 D3(可変)
21 33.1155 2.7430 58.12 1.622989
22 102.1338 0.1000
23 26.3197 4.3495 29.37 1.950000
24 14.1783 4.4212 70.32 1.487490
25 72.5822 1.6811
26 -306.2709 4.3812 82.57 1.497820
27 -18.7373 1.2500 37.22 1.882023
28* -24.4766 D4(可変)
29 119.2349 3.5589 25.92 1.805628
30 -33.6869 1.0000 40.12 1.851080
31* 32.8619 D5(可変)
32 -22.4629 1.2500 40.66 1.883000
33 -43.8572 0.1000
34 61.5070 4.1976 33.02 1.689260
35 ∞ BF
[非球面データ]
第6面
κ=6.0000,A4=9.24936E-06,A6=4.48621E-09
A8=-4.48203E-11,A10=1.65001E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第14面
κ=5.8635,A4=-1.80704E-06,A6=1.46957E-08
A8=-7.35664E-11,A10=-5.50824E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第16面
κ=0.0729,A4=-4.52720E-06,A6=2.52623E-08
A8=-1.11420E-10,A10=1.41519E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第28面
κ=1.0568,A4=1.62692E-05,A6=-9.59061E-09
A8=-6.35322E-11,A10=1.73247E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第31面
κ=1.0365,A4=-5.49985E-06,A6=5.29125E-08
A8=-9.39998E-11,A10=1.17057E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 106.62052
G2 6 -16.22739
G3 16 41.04090
G4 21 40.60874
G5 29 -49.86905
G6 32 -140.23760
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.71999 49.99999 109.99995 193.99988
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 18.53350 35.68354 55.45436
D2 17.47125 8.41504 3.49296 0.78316
D3 8.24386 2.43196 1.40000 1.44036
D4 6.00186 7.14502 5.60349 2.49999
D5 10.03309 14.70182 17.27531 20.33845
BF 9.28884 17.45519 40.09303 45.36996
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06195 -0.10885 -0.20280 -0.28444
D0 369.2759 403.0933 448.2665 495.9287
D1 1.50000 18.53350 35.68354 55.45436
D2 17.47125 8.41504 3.49296 0.78316
D3 8.24386 2.43196 1.40000 1.44036
D4 7.29302 9.64626 10.19294 12.30143
D5 8.74193 12.20058 12.68586 10.53701
BF 9.31603 17.53910 40.38407 45.94189
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.848
条件式(2) ωw=41.948
条件式(3) ωt=5.962
条件式(4) fw/f123w=0.242
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.126
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.376
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=2.017
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.286
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.433
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.168
(Table 4)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.848
f123w = 102.18699
f123t = -1535.17561
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.00001 6.14000 6.50003
ω 41.94830 22.05780 10.36801 5.96172
Y 21.65 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 122.11284 138.25648 173.12226 195.4602
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 157.9423 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 81.8879 5.9036 67.90 1.593190
3 -2013.3747 0.1000
4 63.5017 4.6636 63.34 1.618000
5 210.8809 D1 (variable)
6 * 318.1018 1.2500 40.66 1.883000
7 16.7008 4.7201
8 704.9777 1.3500 25.79 1.940573
9 35.9277 0.1354
10 25.6246 4.3288 20.88 1.922860
11 -84.8316 1.1878
12 -26.8353 2.5514 26.72 1.759928
13 -14.0619 1.1000 40.66 1.883000
14 * -120.1155 D2 (variable)
15 ∞ 1.7168 (Aperture S)
16 * 25.0707 2.5492 56.42 1.650119
17 50.5707 1.8201
18 2141.2793 3.9646 47.10 1.718816
19 -19.4561 1.2000 29.37 1.950000
20 -40.3974 D3 (variable)
21 33.1155 2.7430 58.12 1.622989
22 102.1338 0.1000
23 26.3197 4.3495 29.37 1.950000
24 14.1783 4.4212 70.32 1.487490
25 72.5822 1.6811
26 -306.2709 4.3812 82.57 1.497820
27 -18.7373 1.2500 37.22 1.882023
28 * -24.4766 D4 (variable)
29 119.2349 3.5589 25.92 1.805628
30 -33.6869 1.0000 40.12 1.851080
31 * 32.8619 D5 (variable)
32 -22.4629 1.2500 40.66 1.883000
33 -43.8572 0.1000
34 61.5070 4.1976 33.02 1.689260
35 ∞ BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 6 κ = 6.000, A4 = 9.24936E-06, A6 = 4.48621E-09
A8 = -4.48203E-11, A10 = 1.6501E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
14th page κ = 5.8635, A4 = -1.80704E-06, A6 = 1.46957E-08
A8 = -7.35664E-11, A10 = -5.50824E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
16th surface κ = 0.0729, A4 = -4.52720E-06, A6 = 2.52623E-08
A8 = -1.11420E-10, A10 = 1.41519E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 28 κ = 1.0568, A4 = 1.62692E-05, A6 = -9.59061E-09
A8 = -6.35322E-11, A10 = 1.732247E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 31 κ = 1.0365, A4 = -5.49985E-06, A6 = 5.29125E-08
A8 = -9.39998E-11, A10 = 1.17057E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 106.62052
G2 6 -16.22739
G3 16 41.04090
G4 21 40.60874
G5 29 -49.86905
G6 32 -140.23760
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.71999 49.99999 109.99995 193.99988
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 18.53350 35.68354 55.45436
D2 17.47125 8.41504 3.49296 0.78316
D3 8.24386 2.43196 1.40000 1.44036
D4 6.00186 7.14502 5.60349 2.49999
D5 10.03309 14.70182 17.27531 20.33845
BF 9.28884 17.45519 40.09303 45.36996
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06195 -0.10885 -0.20280 -0.28444
D0 369.2759 403.0933 448.2665 495.9287
D1 1.50000 18.53350 35.68354 55.45436
D2 17.47125 8.41504 3.49296 0.78316
D3 8.24386 2.43196 1.40000 1.44036
D4 7.29302 9.64626 10.19294 12.30143
D5 8.74193 12.20058 12.68586 10.53701
BF 9.31603 17.53910 40.38407 45.94189
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.884
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 41.948
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 5.962
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = 0.242
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.126
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.376
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) /fw=2.017
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.286
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.433
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.168

図11(A)、および図11(B)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図12(A)、および図12(B)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第4実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 11 (A) and 11 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fourth embodiment, respectively. 12 (A) and 12 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fourth embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the fourth embodiment has various aberrations corrected well and has excellent imaging performance.

(第5実施例)
第5実施例について、図13〜図15および表5を用いて説明する。図13は、第5実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第5実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(5)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、正の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図13の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(Fifth Example)
A fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 to 15 and Table 5. FIG. 13 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fifth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (5) according to the fifth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 13, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と両凸形状の正レンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L12 arranged in order from the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of and.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。負メニスカスレンズL24は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed. The negative meniscus lens L21 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L24 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズとから構成される。正メニスカスレンズL31は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The third lens group G3 is a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33 arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of and. The positive meniscus lens L31 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL41と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42と両凸形状の正レンズL43との接合レンズと、両凸形状の正レンズL44と両凹形状の負レンズL45との接合レンズとから構成される。負レンズL45は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L41 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L42 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L43 arranged in order from the object side. And a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L44 and a biconcave negative lens L45. The negative lens L45 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表5に、第5実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 5 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the fifth embodiment.

(表5)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.848
f123w=148.33142
f123t=-861.38789
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.60000 6.20000 6.49999
ω 42.61146 22.53540 10.65017 6.13829
Y 20.68 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 122.11284 137.15660 162.89036 188.0553
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 120.0314 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 75.2829 6.2421 82.57 1.497820
3 -2364.7242 0.1000
4 64.4734 5.0111 64.74 1.607834
5 308.6603 D1(可変)
6* 221.2774 1.2500 40.66 1.883000
7 17.1630 5.2789
8 -38.7201 1.1000 33.32 1.903162
9 95.9763 0.1000
10 40.1060 4.3656 20.88 1.922860
11 -33.5026 0.9492
12 -22.3899 1.1000 40.67 1.882762
13* -102.6938 D2(可変)
14 ∞ 0.8341 (絞りS)
15* 31.3299 2.7567 63.86 1.517039
16 394.2979 1.0000
17 76.9690 1.1000 25.78 1.906571
18 30.3656 2.9449 45.71 1.623046
19 -89.6818 D3(可変)
20 23.7528 3.8095 41.66 1.659437
21 83.0826 2.6863
22 52.1032 1.8385 32.25 1.954620
23 15.4393 5.4045 70.32 1.487490
24 -39.4485 0.1000
25 37.0327 3.3978 67.89 1.593103
26 -838.1647 1.2500 43.15 1.810385
27* 82.5521 D4(可変)
28 623.8813 3.1385 22.74 1.808090
29 -33.6869 1.0000 41.21 1.836497
30* 32.8807 D5(可変)
31 -21.3174 1.2500 27.35 1.663819
32 -31.8044 0.1043
33 92.9303 3.5471 28.93 1.727721
34 -394.1540 BF
[非球面データ]
第6面
κ=5.7341,A4=1.16802E-06,A6=2.03518E-09
A8=1.81447E-11,A10=8.58869E-14,A12=0.00000E+00
第13面
κ=3.2914,A4=-1.11111E-06,A6=1.49282E-09
A8=-3.72110E-11,A10=6.45032E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第15面
κ=0.0277,A4=-8.27654E-06,A6=1.77158E-08
A8=-1.81439E-10,A10=1.08193E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
第27面
κ=1.9922,A4=1.24262E-05,A6=-1.46784E-08
A8=3.73707E-10,A10=-2.02655E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
第30面
κ=1.9072,A4=-8.91746E-06,A6=3.65180E-08
A8=-5.04265E-10,A10=1.78607E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 99.41971
G2 6 -15.74038
G3 15 41.65192
G4 20 37.63548
G5 28 -40.12367
G6 31 7119.59107
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.71999 49.99997 109.99986 193.99963
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 16.60455 37.99399 53.23975
D2 18.36307 10.15010 3.58234 1.66590
D3 13.02129 4.83611 1.75831 1.47831
D4 6.45265 6.28920 8.47335 2.50000
D5 9.82549 18.17413 19.06777 25.32113
BF 9.29124 17.44341 28.35549 40.19113
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06170 -0.10941 -0.19455 -0.28776
D0 370.3154 405.3261 459.3561 504.3260
D1 1.50000 16.60455 37.99399 53.23975
D2 18.36307 10.15010 3.58234 1.66590
D3 13.02129 4.83611 1.75831 1.47831
D4 7.54590 8.23070 14.07758 12.27653
D5 8.73225 16.23263 13.46354 15.54460
BF 9.31427 17.51651 28.58674 40.69673
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.848
条件式(2) ωw=42.611
条件式(3) ωt=6.138
条件式(4) fw/f123w=0.167
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.225
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.376
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=1.623
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.501
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.390
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.490
(Table 5)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.848
f123w = 148.33142
f123t = -861.38789
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.60000 6.20000 6.49999
ω 42.61146 22.53540 10.65017 6.13829
Y 20.68 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 122.11284 137.15660 162.89036 188.0553
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 120.0314 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 75.2829 6.2421 82.57 1.497820
3 -2364.7242 0.1000
4 64.4734 5.0111 64.74 1.607834
5 308.6603 D1 (variable)
6 * 221.2774 1.2500 40.66 1.883000
7 17.1630 5.2789
8 -38.7201 1.1000 33.32 1.903162
9 95.9763 0.1000
10 40.1060 4.3656 20.88 1.922860
11 -33.5026 0.9492
12 -22.3899 1.1000 40.67 1.882762
13 * -102.6938 D2 (variable)
14 ∞ 0.8341 (Aperture S)
15 * 31.3299 2.7567 63.86 1.517039
16 394.2979 1.0000
17 76.9690 1.1000 25.78 1.906571
18 30.3656 2.9449 45.71 1.623046
19 -89.6818 D3 (variable)
20 23.7528 3.8095 41.66 1.659437
21 83.0826 2.6863
22 52.1032 1.8385 32.25 1.954620
23 15.4393 5.4045 70.32 1.487490
24 -39.4485 0.1000
25 37.0327 3.3978 67.89 1.593103
26 -838.1647 1.2500 43.15 1.810385
27 * 82.5521 D4 (variable)
28 623.8813 3.1385 22.74 1.808090
29 -33.6869 1.0000 41.21 1.836497
30 * 32.8807 D5 (variable)
31 -21.3174 1.2500 27.35 1.663819
32 -31.8044 0.1043
33 92.9303 3.5471 28.93 1.727721
34 -394.1540 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 6 κ = 5.7341, A4 = 1.16802E-06, A6 = 2.03518E-09
A8 = 1.81447E-11, A10 = 8.58869E-14, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Page 13 κ = 3.2914, A4 = -1.11111E-06, A6 = 1.49282E-09
A8 = -3.72110E-11, A10 = 6.45032E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Surface 15 κ = 0.0277, A4 = -8.27654E-06, A6 = 1.77158E-08
A8 = -1.81439E-10, A10 = 1.08193E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Page 27 κ = 1.9922, A4 = 1.24262E-05, A6 = -1.46784E-08
A8 = 3.73707E-10, A10 = -2.02655E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 30 κ = 1.9072, A4 = -8.91746E-06, A6 = 3.65180E-08
A8 = -5.04265E-10, A10 = 1.78607E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 99.41971
G2 6 -15.74038
G3 15 41.65192
G4 20 37.63548
G5 28 -40.12367
G6 31 7119.59107
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.71999 49.99997 109.99986 193.99963
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 16.60455 37.99399 53.23975
D2 18.36307 10.15010 3.58234 1.66590
D3 13.02129 4.83611 1.75831 1.47831
D4 6.45265 6.28920 8.47335 2.50000
D5 9.82549 18.17413 19.06777 25.32113
BF 9.29124 17.44341 28.35549 40.19113
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06170 -0.10941 -0.19455 -0.28776
D0 370.3154 405.3261 459.3561 504.3260
D1 1.50000 16.60455 37.99399 53.23975
D2 18.36307 10.15010 3.58234 1.66590
D3 13.02129 4.83611 1.75831 1.47831
D4 7.54590 8.23070 14.07758 12.27653
D5 8.73225 16.23263 13.46354 15.54460
BF 9.31427 17.51651 28.58674 40.69673
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.884
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.611
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.138
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = 0.167
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.225
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.376
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 1.623
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.501
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.390
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.490

図14(A)、および図14(B)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図15(A)、および図15(B)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第5実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 14 (A) and 14 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fifth embodiment, respectively. 15 (A) and 15 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the fifth embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the fifth embodiment has various aberrations corrected well and has excellent imaging performance.

(第6実施例)
第6実施例について、図16〜図18および表6を用いて説明する。図16は、第6実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第6実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(6)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、正の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図16の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(6th Example)
The sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 18 and Table 6. FIG. 16 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the sixth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (6) according to the sixth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 16, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と両凸形状の正レンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L12 arranged in order from the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of and.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。負メニスカスレンズL24は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed. The negative meniscus lens L21 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L24 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL34とから構成される。 The third lens group G3 includes a biconvex positive lens L31 arranged in order from the object side, a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L32 with a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33, and an object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L34 with a concave surface facing.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42と両凸形状の正レンズL43との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL45との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL41は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。負メニスカスレンズL45は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 includes a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side, a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L42 with a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L43, and an object side. It is composed of a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the surface and a negative meniscus lens L45 having a concave surface facing the object side. The positive lens L41 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L45 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表6に、第6実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 6 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the sixth embodiment.

(表6)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.848
f123w=-136.43292
f123t=-215.16315
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12001 5.60001 6.20000 6.50003
ω 42.67959 22.59339 10.65052 6.14768
Y 20.58 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 122.11285 136.30769 162.04178 189.3093
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 152.2083 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 89.2068 6.1884 82.57 1.497820
3 -413.2934 0.1000
4 63.3220 4.8830 67.90 1.593190
5 253.0230 D1(可変)
6* 137.9264 1.2500 40.66 1.882996
7 17.8991 4.7805
8 -47.3363 1.1000 36.88 1.897432
9 75.2485 0.1000
10 39.7397 4.1374 21.58 1.918850
11 -39.0575 0.7197
12 -24.5868 1.1000 47.49 1.802013
13* -591.6627 D2(可変)
14 ∞ 0.7464 (絞りS)
15 46.9722 2.7552 48.04 1.768500
16 -93.2395 0.5000
17 51.8617 1.1000 29.95 1.987022
18 25.2907 2.9021 45.71 1.623046
19 -73.0708 1.4973
20 -29.7887 1.0273 35.73 1.902641
21 -85.6917 D3(可変)
22* 28.7123 3.8190 45.24 1.768369
23 -400.5317 2.3100
24 68.0478 1.0008 32.32 1.953752
25 17.9627 5.9680 78.66 1.495797
26 -34.0844 0.1000
27 42.3850 3.2656 67.90 1.593190
28 754.0925 1.2500 44.96 1.790885
29* 73.7905 D4(可変)
30 256.5317 3.3327 22.74 1.808090
31 -33.6869 1.0000 40.27 1.839964
32* 28.6240 D5(可変)
33 -20.9675 1.2500 27.35 1.663819
34 -40.3074 0.1000
35 173.3096 4.5044 31.21 1.841022
36 -72.4610 BF
[非球面データ]
第6面
κ=0.0442,A4=-4.01520E-06,A6=2.02052E-08
A8=-1.03759E-10,A10=3.37776E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第13面
κ=1.0000,A4=-6.36415E-06,A6=2.72142E-08
A8=-2.64695E-10,A10=8.53046E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第22面
κ=1.0000,A4=-4.72982E-06,A6=7.21651E-09
A8=-1.20147E-10,A10=3.75555E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第29面
κ=1.0000,A4=1.53597E-05,A6=-6.12529E-09
A8=2.59000E-10,A10=-2.05818E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
第32面
κ=1.0000,A4=-5.88848E-06,A6=4.28279E-08
A8=-4.85291E-10,A10=2.28998E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 101.19406
G2 6 -16.04849
G3 15 49.36913
G4 22 29.13636
G5 30 -37.13373
G6 33 424.58679
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.72000 50.00001 109.99999 194.00003
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 15.59832 37.20427 54.26539
D2 17.63580 9.34111 2.87140 1.75361
D3 12.53679 5.46459 2.24074 1.47831
D4 6.27123 7.05298 10.12752 2.50000
D5 9.72366 16.01381 16.16341 24.55336
BF 9.65757 18.04908 28.64666 39.97093
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06163 -0.10967 -0.19523 -0.28795
D0 370.3333 405.5358 460.2499 503.0996
D1 1.50000 15.59832 37.20427 54.26539
D2 17.63580 9.34111 2.87140 1.75361
D3 12.53679 5.46459 2.24074 1.47831
D4 7.24735 8.97695 15.97733 12.28747
D5 8.74755 14.08984 10.31360 14.76589
BF 9.68397 18.12250 28.87954 40.47730
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.848
条件式(2) ωw=42.680
条件式(3) ωt=6.148
条件式(4) fw/f123w=-0.181
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.902
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.391
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=1.502
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.489
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.397
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.623
(Table 6)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.848
f123w = -136.43292
f123t = -215.16315
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12001 5.60001 6.20000 6.50003
ω 42.67959 22.59339 10.65052 6.14768
Y 20.58 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 122.11285 136.30769 162.04178 189.3093
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 152.2083 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 89.2068 6.1884 82.57 1.497820
3-413.2934 0.1000
4 63.3220 4.8830 67.90 1.593190
5 253.0230 D1 (variable)
6 * 137.9264 1.2500 40.66 1.882996
7 17.8991 4.7805
8 -47.3363 1.1000 36.88 1.897432
9 75.2485 0.1000
10 39.7397 4.1374 21.58 1.918850
11 -39.0575 0.7197
12 -24.5868 1.1000 47.49 1.802013
13 * -591.6627 D2 (variable)
14 ∞ 0.7464 (Aperture S)
15 46.9722 2.7552 48.04 1.768500
16 -93.2395 0.5000
17 51.8617 1.1000 29.95 1.987022
18 25.2907 2.9021 45.71 1.623046
19 -73.0708 1.4973
20 -29.7887 1.0273 35.73 1.902641
21 -85.6917 D3 (variable)
22 * 28.7123 3.8190 45.24 1.768369
23 -400.5317 2.3100
24 68.0478 1.0008 32.32 1.953752
25 17.9627 5.9680 78.66 1.495797
26 -34.0844 0.1000
27 42.3850 3.2656 67.90 1.593190
28 754.0925 1.2500 44.96 1.790885
29 * 73.7905 D4 (variable)
30 256.5317 3.3327 22.74 1.808090
31 -33.6869 1.0000 40.27 1.839964
32 * 28.6240 D5 (variable)
33 -20.9675 1.2500 27.35 1.663819
34 -40.3074 0.1000
35 173.3096 4.5044 31.21 1.841022
36 -72.4610 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 6 κ = 0.0442, A4 = -4.01520E-06, A6 = 2.02052E-08
A8 = -1.03759E-10, A10 = 3.37776E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Page 13 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -6.36415E-06, A6 = 2.72142E-08
A8 = -2.64695E-10, A10 = 8.53046E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 22 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -4.72982E-06, A6 = 7.21651E-09
A8 = -1.20147E-10, A10 = 3.75555E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 29 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 1.553597E-05, A6 = -6.12529E-09
A8 = 2.59000E-10, A10 = -2.05818E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 32 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -5.888848E-06, A6 = 4.28279E-08
A8 = -4.85291E-10, A10 = 2.28998E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 101.19406
G2 6 -16.04849
G3 15 49.36913
G4 22 29.13636
G5 30 -37.13373
G6 33 424.58679
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.72000 50.00001 109.99999 194.00003
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 15.59832 37.20427 54.26539
D2 17.63580 9.34111 2.87140 1.75361
D3 12.53679 5.46459 2.24074 1.47831
D4 6.27123 7.05298 10.12752 2.50000
D5 9.72366 16.01381 16.16341 24.55336
BF 9.65757 18.04908 28.64666 39.97093
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06163 -0.10967 -0.19523 -0.28795
D0 370.3333 405.5358 460.2499 503.0996
D1 1.50000 15.59832 37.20427 54.26539
D2 17.63580 9.34111 2.87140 1.75361
D3 12.53679 5.46459 2.24074 1.47831
D4 7.24735 8.97695 15.97733 12.28747
D5 8.74755 14.08984 10.31360 14.76589
BF 9.68397 18.12250 28.87954 40.47730
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.884
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.680
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.148
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = -0.181
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.902
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.391
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) /fw=1.502
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.489
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.397
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.623

図17(A)、および図17(B)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図18(A)、および図18(B)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第6実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 17 (A) and 17 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the sixth embodiment, respectively. 18 (A) and 18 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the sixth embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the sixth embodiment has various aberrations corrected well and has excellent imaging performance.

(第7実施例)
第7実施例について、図19〜図21および表7を用いて説明する。図19は、第7実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第7実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(7)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図19の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(7th Example)
A seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 to 21 and Table 7. FIG. 19 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the seventh embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (7) according to the seventh embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 19, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と両凸形状の正レンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L12 arranged in order from the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of and.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。負メニスカスレンズL24は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed. The negative meniscus lens L21 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L24 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、像面I側に平面を向けた平凹形状の負レンズL34とから構成される。正メニスカスレンズL31は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The third lens group G3 is a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33 arranged in order from the object side. And a flat concave negative lens L34 with a plane facing the image plane I side. The positive meniscus lens L31 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と両凸形状の正レンズL44との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL44は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a junction lens with a biconvex positive lens L44. The positive lens L44 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正メニスカスレンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L62 having a concave surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive meniscus lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表7に、第7実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 7 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the seventh embodiment.

(表7)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.854
f123w=108.15193
f123t=-1180.72115
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.11505 5.74532 6.36855 6.68279
ω 42.27184 21.88249 10.96245 6.04244
Y 20.89 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 120.45755 140.80075 169.77272 195.4575
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 164.3654 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 73.5155 5.9893 67.90 1.593190
3 -2353.2843 0.1000
4 72.1741 4.8721 46.03 1.721059
5 384.7599 D1(可変)
6* 168.2036 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
7 15.8326 4.3451
8 -82.6447 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
9 46.2086 0.1000
10 30.2898 4.8789 23.29 1.872769
11 -32.6789 0.7547
12 -24.9555 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
13* -2867.4336 D2(可変)
14 ∞ 1.5000 (絞りS)
15* 24.1510 3.7103 57.75 1.633994
16 594.5882 1.0000
17 70.2793 1.5000 35.28 1.801392
18 17.4502 4.9253 46.90 1.702987
19 -111.3896 1.2478
20 -65.1233 1.5000 44.85 1.743972
21 ∞ D3(可変)
22 132.6869 3.6334 82.57 1.497820
23 -33.2203 1.5000 23.99 1.871866
24 -81.5274 0.1000
25 26.2321 1.5000 40.98 1.869660
26 16.8448 7.0033 57.83 1.512954
27* -36.7178 D4(可変)
28 100.0646 3.3139 24.26 1.791180
29 -60.0000 1.5000 40.12 1.851080
30* 35.0435 D5(可変)
31 -19.8065 1.5000 40.79 1.877404
32 -36.0179 0.1000
33 -118.6453 3.6033 27.58 1.755201
34 -51.9780 BF
[非球面データ]
第6面
κ=2.0000,A4=-3.54713E-06,A6=8.39421E-09
A8=5.74900E-12,A10=-2.30186E-14,A12=0.00000E+00
第13面
κ=1.0000,A4=-8.88610E-06,A6=8.60054E-10
A8=9.35296E-11,A10=-8.32892E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第15面
κ=1.0000,A4=-1.25166E-05,A6=2.21212E-08
A8=-2.03902E-10,A10=7.07567E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第27面
κ=1.0000,A4=2.74577E-05,A6=-5.57744E-08
A8=3.60461E-10,A10=-1.20456E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
第30面
κ=1.0000,A4=-6.49026E-06,A6=5.84808E-08
A8=-3.26107E-10,A10=9.49542E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 99.48878
G2 6 -15.91549
G3 15 36.81358
G4 22 35.33722
G5 28 -59.27007
G6 31 -101.60759
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.70000 50.00001 105.00002 194.00004
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 16.10146 35.16750 51.29406
D2 17.11600 9.70503 4.20600 1.50000
D3 7.94167 4.05851 2.07803 1.50000
D4 8.59873 5.64789 5.81781 1.50000
D5 9.32368 17.20284 18.29639 22.86408
BF 9.30000 21.40756 37.52953 50.12197
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06152 -0.11064 -0.19039 -0.28955
D0 370.9313 400.5881 451.6162 495.9313
D1 1.50000 16.10146 35.16750 51.29406
D2 17.11600 9.70503 4.20600 1.50000
D3 7.94167 4.05851 2.07803 1.50000
D4 10.20432 7.93636 10.79923 11.04504
D5 7.71809 14.91438 13.31498 13.31904
BF 9.32674 21.49415 37.78613 50.71489
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.890
条件式(2) ωw=42.272
条件式(3) ωt=6.042
条件式(4) fw/f123w=0.227
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.171
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.375
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=2.392
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.332
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.439
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=1.872
(Table 7)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.854
f123w = 108.15193
f123t = -1180.72115
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.11505 5.74532 6.36855 6.68279
ω 42.27184 21.88249 10.96245 6.04244
Y 20.89 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 120.45755 140.80075 169.77272 195.4575
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 164.3654 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 73.5155 5.9893 67.90 1.593190
3 -2353.2843 0.1000
4 72.1741 4.8721 46.03 1.721059
5 384.7599 D1 (variable)
6 * 168.2036 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
7 15.8326 4.3451
8 -82.6447 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
9 46.2086 0.1000
10 30.2898 4.8789 23.29 1.872769
11 -32.6789 0.7547
12 -24.9555 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
13 * -2867.4336 D2 (variable)
14 ∞ 1.5000 (Aperture S)
15 * 24.1510 3.7103 57.75 1.633994
16 594.5882 1.0000
17 70.2793 1.5000 35.28 1.801392
18 17.4502 4.9253 46.90 1.702987
19 -111.3896 1.2478
20 -65.1233 1.5000 44.85 1.743972
21 ∞ D3 (variable)
22 132.6869 3.6334 82.57 1.497820
23 -33.2203 1.5000 23.99 1.871866
24 -81.5274 0.1000
25 26.2321 1.5000 40.98 1.869660
26 16.8448 7.0033 57.83 1.512954
27 * -36.7178 D4 (variable)
28 100.0646 3.3139 24.26 1.791180
29 -60.0000 1.5000 40.12 1.851080
30 * 35.0435 D5 (variable)
31 -19.8065 1.5000 40.79 1.877404
32 -36.0179 0.1000
33 -118.6453 3.6033 27.58 1.755201
34 -51.9780 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 6 κ = 2.000, A4 = -3.54713E-06, A6 = 8.39421E-09
A8 = 5.74900E-12, A10 = -2.30186E-14, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 13 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -8.88610E-06, A6 = 8.60054E-10
A8 = 9.35296E-11, A10 = -8.32892E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Surface 15 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -1.25166E-05, A6 = 2.21212E-08
A8 = -2.03902E-10, A10 = 7.07567E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 27 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 2.74577E-05, A6 = -5.57744E-08
A8 = 3.60461E-10, A10 = -1.20456E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 30 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -6.49026E-06, A6 = 5.84808E-08
A8 = -3.26107E-10, A10 = 9.49542E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 99.48878
G2 6 -15.91549
G3 15 36.81358
G4 22 35.33722
G5 28 -59.27007
G6 31 -101.60759
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.70000 50.00001 105.00002 194.00004
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 16.10146 35.16750 51.29406
D2 17.11600 9.70503 4.20600 1.50000
D3 7.94167 4.05851 2.07803 1.50000
D4 8.59873 5.64789 5.81781 1.50000
D5 9.32368 17.20284 18.29639 22.86408
BF 9.30000 21.40756 37.52953 50.12197
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06152 -0.11064 -0.19039 -0.28955
D0 370.9313 400.5881 451.6162 495.9313
D1 1.50000 16.10146 35.16750 51.29406
D2 17.11600 9.70503 4.20600 1.50000
D3 7.94167 4.05851 2.07803 1.50000
D4 10.20432 7.93636 10.79923 11.04504
D5 7.71809 14.91438 13.31498 13.31904
BF 9.32674 21.49415 37.78613 50.71489
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.890
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.272
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.042
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = 0.227
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.171
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.375
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 2.392
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.332
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.439
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 1.872

図20(A)、および図20(B)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図21(A)、および図21(B)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第7実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 20 (A) and 20 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the seventh embodiment, respectively. 21 (A) and 21 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the seventh embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the seventh embodiment has various aberrations corrected well and has excellent imaging performance.

(第8実施例)
第8実施例について、図22〜図24および表8を用いて説明する。図22は、第8実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第8実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(8)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図22の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(8th Example)
The eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 22 to 24 and Table 8. FIG. 22 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eighth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (8) according to the eighth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 22, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と両凸形状の正レンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L12 arranged in order from the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of and.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed. The negative meniscus lens L21 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL34とから構成される。 The third lens group G3 includes a biconvex positive lens L31 arranged in order from the object side, a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L32 with a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33, and an object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L34 with a concave surface facing.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL42と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43との接合レンズと、両凸形状の正レンズL44とから構成される。正レンズL44は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side, a positive meniscus lens L42 with a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 with a concave surface facing the object side. And a biconvex positive lens L44. The positive lens L44 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表8に、第8実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 8 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the eighth embodiment.

(表8)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.854
f123w=-440.44611
f123t=-323.78995
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12083 5.77298 6.33626 6.49162
ω 42.50455 22.44807 11.22387 6.10280
Y 20.61 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 120.46149 143.33661 170.26168 190.2487
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 119.2532 2.0000 25.26 1.902000
2 75.4740 6.1889 82.57 1.497820
3 -685.9404 0.1000
4 62.0223 5.1009 67.90 1.593190
5 237.4793 D1(可変)
6* 153.6662 1.5000 46.59 1.816000
7 15.5464 4.2474
8 -40.2333 1.5002 43.79 1.848500
9 79.6309 0.1006
10 32.2669 3.5980 22.74 1.808090
11 -38.3529 0.7346
12 -22.0127 1.5000 43.79 1.848500
13 -91.6465 D2(可変)
14 ∞ 1.5000 (絞りS)
15 44.5290 2.6559 44.85 1.743972
16 -81.3774 0.7000
17 33.2106 3.4046 30.99 1.940752
18 19.5338 3.9016 59.70 1.508752
19 -65.3422 1.3372
20 -26.7545 1.5000 29.68 1.730111
21 -101.6153 D3(可変)
22 33.1030 6.1030 70.40 1.487502
23 -28.7765 0.1000
24 -116.0123 3.4598 68.30 1.507497
25 -28.0491 1.5000 32.03 1.910214
26 -237.5876 0.2542
27 95.5133 3.1295 59.13 1.611115
28* -51.7400 D4(可変)
29 333.8201 3.4464 22.74 1.808090
30 -49.9705 1.5000 44.82 1.743986
31* 31.2247 D5(可変)
32 -27.4502 1.5000 66.16 1.531180
33 -59.8926 0.1000
34 164.9552 2.6581 27.80 1.749763
35 -519.6427 BF
[非球面データ]
第6面
κ=1.0000,A4=2.54661E-06,A6=1.57681E-08
A8=-1.62633E-10,A10=6.99665E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第28面
κ=1.0000,A4=2.83706E-05,A6=-3.41484E-08
A8=2.83345E-10,A10=-4.50609E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第31面
κ=1.0000,A4=-4.24770E-06,A6=6.21761E-08
A8=-2.79037E-10,A10=4.34156E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 99.94559
G2 6 -15.36108
G3 15 40.04464
G4 22 30.83594
G5 29 -50.14179
G6 32 -238.46610
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.69999 49.99998 104.99995 193.99998
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 18.29170 34.70486 54.28408
D2 15.49680 10.23739 4.55937 1.50000
D3 10.63532 4.97092 1.81398 1.50000
D4 8.89670 4.43383 5.19646 1.51052
D5 9.31183 19.43911 21.83341 25.83333
BF 9.29998 20.64280 36.83273 40.29998
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06119 -0.09874 -0.16976 -0.27724
D0 371.9273 449.0522 522.1271 502.1400
D1 1.50000 18.29170 34.70486 54.28408
D2 15.49680 10.23739 4.55937 1.50000
D3 10.63532 4.97092 1.81398 1.50000
D4 10.32916 6.26965 9.16937 12.36360
D5 7.87937 17.60328 17.86051 14.98025
BF 9.32282 20.70243 37.00914 40.76930
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.854
条件式(2) ωw=42.505
条件式(3) ωt=6.103
条件式(4) fw/f123w=-0.056
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.599
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.377
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=2.030
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.533
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.412
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.467
(Table 8)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.854
f123w = -440.44611
f123t = -323.78995
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12083 5.77298 6.33626 6.49162
ω 42.50455 22.44807 11.22387 6.10280
Y 20.61 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 120.46149 143.33661 170.26168 190.2487
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 119.2532 2.0000 25.26 1.902000
2 75.4740 6.1889 82.57 1.497820
3 -685.9404 0.1000
4 62.0223 5.1009 67.90 1.593190
5 237.4793 D1 (variable)
6 * 153.6662 1.5000 46.59 1.816000
7 15.5464 4.2474
8 -40.2333 1.5002 43.79 1.848500
9 79.6309 0.1006
10 32.2669 3.5980 22.74 1.808090
11 -38.3529 0.7346
12 -22.0127 1.5000 43.79 1.848500
13 -91.6465 D2 (variable)
14 ∞ 1.5000 (Aperture S)
15 44.5290 2.6559 44.85 1.743972
16 -81.3774 0.7000
17 33.2106 3.4046 30.99 1.940752
18 19.5338 3.9016 59.70 1.508752
19 -65.3422 1.3372
20 -26.7545 1.5000 29.68 1.730111
21 -101.6153 D3 (variable)
22 33.1030 6.1030 70.40 1.487502
23 -28.7765 0.1000
24 -116.0123 3.4598 68.30 1.507497
25 -28.0491 1.5000 32.03 1.910214
26 -237.5876 0.2542
27 95.5133 3.1295 59.13 1.611115
28 * -51.7400 D4 (variable)
29 333.8201 3.4464 22.74 1.808090
30 -49.9705 1.5000 44.82 1.743986
31 * 31.2247 D5 (variable)
32 -27.4502 1.5000 66.16 1.531180
33 -59.8926 0.1000
34 164.9552 2.6581 27.80 1.749763
35 -519.6427 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 6 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 2.54661E-06, A6 = 1.57681E-08
A8 = -1.62633E-10, A10 = 6.99665E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 28 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 2.83706E-05, A6 = -3.41484E-08
A8 = 2.83345E-10, A10 = -4.50609E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 31 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -4.24770E-06, A6 = 6.21761E-08
A8 = -2.709037E-10, A10 = 4.34156E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 99.94559
G2 6 -15.36108
G3 15 40.04464
G4 22 30.83594
G5 29 -50.14179
G6 32 -238.46610
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.69999 49.99998 104.99995 193.99998
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 18.29170 34.70486 54.28408
D2 15.49680 10.23739 4.55937 1.50000
D3 10.63532 4.97092 1.81398 1.50000
D4 8.89670 4.43383 5.19646 1.51052
D5 9.31183 19.43911 21.83341 25.83333
BF 9.29998 20.64280 36.83273 40.29998
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06119 -0.09874 -0.16976 -0.27724
D0 371.9273 449.0522 522.1271 502.1400
D1 1.50000 18.29170 34.70486 54.28408
D2 15.49680 10.23739 4.55937 1.50000
D3 10.63532 4.97092 1.81398 1.50000
D4 10.32916 6.26965 9.16937 12.36360
D5 7.87937 17.60328 17.86051 14.98025
BF 9.32282 20.70243 37.00914 40.76930
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.854
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.505
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.103
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = -0.056
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.599
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.377
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) /fw=2.030
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.533
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.412
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.467

図23(A)、および図23(B)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図24(A)、および図24(B)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第8実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 23 (A) and 23 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eighth embodiment, respectively. 24 (A) and 24 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eighth embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the eighth embodiment has various aberrations corrected well and has excellent imaging performance.

(第9実施例)
第9実施例について、図25〜図27および表9を用いて説明する。図25は、第9実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第9実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(9)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図25の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(9th Example)
A ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 25 to 27 and Table 9. FIG. 25 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the ninth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (9) according to the ninth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 25, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と像面I側に平面を向けた平凸形状の正レンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a plano-convex positive lens L12 having a plane facing the image plane I side, which are arranged in order from the object side, and the object side. It is composed of a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the surface.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。負メニスカスレンズL24は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed. The negative meniscus lens L21 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L24 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL31と、両凸形状の正レンズL32と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL33との接合レンズと、両凹形状の負レンズL34と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL35との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL31は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。負レンズL34は、物体側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The third lens group G3 includes a biconvex positive lens L31 arranged in order from the object side, a junction lens of the biconvex positive lens L32 and a negative meniscus lens L33 with a concave surface facing the object side, and both concaves. It is composed of a junction lens of a negative lens L34 having a shape and a positive meniscus lens L35 having a convex surface facing the object side. The positive lens L31 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side. The negative lens L34 has an aspherical lens surface on the object side.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL41と両凸形状の正レンズL42との接合レンズと、両凸形状の正レンズL43とから構成される。正レンズL43は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is composed of a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L41 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex positive lens L42, and a biconvex positive lens L43 arranged in order from the object side. NS. In the positive lens L43, the lens surface on the image plane I side is an aspherical surface.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負レンズL34と正メニスカスレンズL35との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な負の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative lens L34 and the positive meniscus lens L35 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a negative refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表9に、第9実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 9 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the ninth embodiment.

(表9)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.854
f123w=46.29531
f123t=1060.13724
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.11505 5.74532 6.36855 6.68279
ω 42.27184 21.88249 10.96245 6.04244
Y 21.03 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 121.00241 139.79338 169.47903 195.5079
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 215.1564 1.5000 23.80 1.846660
2 73.5337 7.2326 67.90 1.593190
3 ∞ 0.1000
4 75.0074 5.6048 40.66 1.883000
5 344.8006 D1(可変)
6* 43.3708 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
7 13.2343 4.8088
8 -47.4291 1.5052 40.66 1.883000
9 43.0037 0.1000
10 28.6036 4.0197 20.88 1.922860
11 -55.9891 1.1418
12 -23.0332 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
13* -75.5957 D2(可変)
14 ∞ 1.5000 (絞りS)
15* 28.4224 4.3742 52.85 1.598604
16 -48.8993 0.1504
17 30.2173 5.4129 70.40 1.487490
18 -31.5840 1.5000 21.23 1.903627
19 -130.7132 1.2693
20* -107.8541 1.5000 41.09 1.854203
21 30.6579 3.0466 26.18 1.822542
22 165.6444 D3(可変)
23 33.3486 1.5007 40.66 1.883000
24 13.1929 6.5567 65.07 1.544771
25 -190.2474 0.7289
26 37.5609 4.7319 62.98 1.574225
27* -76.3130 D4(可変)
28 80.1779 3.4856 27.58 1.755201
29 -127.8937 1.5007 45.13 1.740338
30 26.5334 D5(可変)
31 -26.2026 1.5000 60.35 1.619799
32 -54.6221 0.1000
33 586.6701 2.5595 28.29 1.738351
34 -391.8753 BF
[非球面データ]
第6面
κ=1.0000,A4=-6.29772E-06,A6=-1.23182E-08
A8=7.32161E-11,A10=-3.10876E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
第13面
κ=1.0000,A4=-8.92953E-06,A6=-3.71644E-08
A8=8.09196E-10,A10=-5.73691E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
第15面
κ=1.0000,A4=-1.00000E-05,A6=2.20240E-08
A8=-1.02146E-10,A10=0.00000E+00,A12=0.00000E+00
第20面
κ=1.0000,A4=3.32815E-06,A6=1.66254E-09
A8=0.00000E+00,A10=0.00000E+00,A12=0.00000E+00
第27面
κ=1.0000,A4=1.00000E-05,A6=-3.83755E-08
A8=-1.30773E-10,A10=-1.22891E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 102.37710
G2 6 -14.98474
G3 15 29.62517
G4 23 38.66055
G5 28 -56.76096
G6 31 -113.46417
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.70007 50.00020 105.00052 194.00105
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 18.30775 37.76411 54.05443
D2 18.03389 8.85777 3.84960 1.50000
D3 6.37316 1.62225 1.50000 1.64117
D4 2.43986 3.20131 6.09526 1.50000
D5 9.22531 23.30380 13.81143 17.88006
BF 13.00010 14.07041 36.02852 48.50219
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.08175 -0.12239 -0.19581 -0.27905
D0 272.2777 353.4868 423.8013 497.7725
D1 1.50000 18.30775 37.76411 54.05443
D2 18.03389 8.85777 3.84960 1.50000
D3 6.37316 1.62225 1.50000 1.64117
D4 4.23169 6.02328 12.47110 12.78692
D5 7.43347 20.48182 7.43559 6.59314
BF 13.03743 14.15445 36.24396 48.93981
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.887
条件式(2) ωw=42.272
条件式(3) ωt=6.042
条件式(4) fw/f123w=0.534
条件式(5) ft/f123t=0.179
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.526
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=2.298
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.244
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.438
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.830
(Table 9)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.854
f123w = 46.29531
f123t = 1060.13724
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.11505 5.74532 6.36855 6.68279
ω 42.27184 21.88249 10.96245 6.04244
Y 21.03 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 121.00241 139.79338 169.47903 195.5079
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 215.1564 1.5000 23.80 1.846660
2 73.5337 7.2326 67.90 1.593190
3 ∞ 0.1000
4 75.0074 5.6048 40.66 1.883000
5 344.8006 D1 (variable)
6 * 43.3708 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
7 13.2343 4.8088
8 -47.4291 1.5052 40.66 1.883000
9 43.0037 0.1000
10 28.6036 4.0197 20.88 1.922860
11 -55.9891 1.1418
12 -23.0332 1.5000 40.66 1.883000
13 * -75.5957 D2 (variable)
14 ∞ 1.5000 (Aperture S)
15 * 28.4224 4.3742 52.85 1.598604
16 -48.8993 0.1504
17 30.2173 5.4129 70.40 1.487490
18 -31.5840 1.5000 21.23 1.903627
19 -130.7132 1.2693
20 * -107.8541 1.5000 41.09 1.854203
21 30.6579 3.0466 26.18 1.822542
22 165.6444 D3 (variable)
23 33.3486 1.5007 40.66 1.883000
24 13.1929 6.5567 65.07 1.544771
25 -190.2474 0.7289
26 37.5609 4.7319 62.98 1.574225
27 * -76.3130 D4 (variable)
28 80.1779 3.4856 27.58 1.755201
29 -127.8937 1.5007 45.13 1.740338
30 26.5334 D5 (variable)
31 -26.2026 1.5000 60.35 1.619799
32 -54.6221 0.1000
33 586.6701 2.5595 28.29 1.738351
34 -391.8753 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 6 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -6.29772E-06, A6 = -1.23182E-08
A8 = 7.321161E-11, A10 = -3.10876E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Page 13 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -8.92953E-06, A6 = -3.71644E-08
A8 = 8.09196E-10, A10 = -5.73691E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Surface 15 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -1.00000E-05, A6 = 2.20240E-08
A8 = -1.02146E-10, A10 = 0.00000E + 00, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 20 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 3.32815E-06, A6 = 1.66254E-09
A8 = 0.00000E + 00, A10 = 0.00000E + 00, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 27 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 1.00000E-05, A6 = -3.83755E-08
A8 = -1.30773E-10, A10 = -1.22891E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 102.37710
G2 6 -14.98474
G3 15 29.62517
G4 23 38.66055
G5 28 -56.76096
G6 31 -113.46417
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.70007 50.00020 105.00052 194.00105
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 18.30775 37.76411 54.05443
D2 18.03389 8.85777 3.84960 1.50000
D3 6.37316 1.62225 1.50000 1.64117
D4 2.43986 3.20131 6.09526 1.50000
D5 9.22531 23.30380 13.81143 17.88006
BF 13.00010 14.07041 36.02852 48.50219
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.08175 -0.12239 -0.19581 -0.27905
D0 272.2777 353.4868 423.8013 497.7725
D1 1.50000 18.30775 37.76411 54.05443
D2 18.03389 8.85777 3.84960 1.50000
D3 6.37316 1.62225 1.50000 1.64117
D4 4.23169 6.02328 12.47110 12.78692
D5 7.43347 20.48182 7.43559 6.59314
BF 13.03743 14.15445 36.24396 48.93981
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.887
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.272
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.042
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = 0.534
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = 0.179
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.526
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 2.298
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.244
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.438
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.830

図26(A)、および図26(B)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図27(A)、および図27(B)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第9実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 26 (A) and 26 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the ninth embodiment, respectively. 27 (A) and 27 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the ninth embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the ninth embodiment has various aberrations corrected well and has excellent imaging performance.

(第10実施例)
第10実施例について、図28〜図30および表10を用いて説明する。図28は、第10実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第10実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(10)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図28の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(10th Example)
The tenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 28 to 30 and Table 10. FIG. 28 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the tenth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (10) according to the tenth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 28, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 includes a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side, and a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a positive meniscus lens L13.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、両凹形状の負レンズL24とから構成される。 The second lens group G2 includes a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L22, a biconvex positive lens L23, and a biconcave negative lens arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a lens L24.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL34とから構成される。 The third lens group G3 is a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33 arranged in order from the object side. And a negative meniscus lens L34 with a concave surface facing the object side.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と両凸形状の正レンズL44との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL44は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a junction lens with a biconvex positive lens L44. The positive lens L44 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表10に、第10実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 10 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the tenth embodiment.

(表10)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 4.692
f123w=-96.28619
f123t=-88.05735
W M1 M2 T
FNO 3.66063 4.51062 5.00831 5.83006
ω 42.43419 22.44766 13.66195 10.17394
Y 20.54 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 116.50601 138.64669 160.34507 171.5048
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 200.0000 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 108.2337 4.6568 70.32 1.487490
3 1133.5711 0.1000
4 68.7807 5.7029 70.32 1.487490
5 816.5190 D1(可変)
6 102.0974 1.2000 46.59 1.816000
7 17.6075 4.9760
8 -59.3363 1.1000 51.28 1.659368
9 81.2225 0.1000
10 29.1388 3.9898 23.80 1.846660
11 -107.8110 0.8213
12 -38.4600 1.0000 46.59 1.816000
13 157.0586 D2(可変)
14 ∞ 2.0000 (絞りS)
15 41.9442 2.5619 35.72 1.902650
16 552.5411 0.5000
17 41.0223 0.9000 29.12 2.001000
18 23.0700 4.0200 53.74 1.579570
19 -69.7834 1.5452
20 -27.7457 1.0000 32.33 1.953750
21 -68.0384 D3(可変)
22 33.5256 5.9460 46.59 1.816000
23 -23.9703 1.0000 32.35 1.850260
24 -83.2531 0.1000
25 30.5301 1.1000 32.35 1.850260
26 14.8810 10.3852 70.32 1.487490
27* -119.0936 D4(可変)
28 81.3890 3.7144 23.80 1.846660
29 -48.0181 1.0000 42.73 1.834810
30* 23.7254 D5(可変)
31 -24.5058 1.4000 46.59 1.816000
32 -48.4638 0.1000
33 142.4943 3.2707 37.57 1.683760
34 -160.0000 BF
[非球面データ]
第27面
κ=1.0000,A4=4.39579E-05,A6=-4.15837E-09
A8=6.65149E-10,A10=0.00000E+00,A12=0.00000E+00
第30面
κ=1.0000,A4=-2.71688E-06,A6=1.79186E-08
A8=-3.84607E-10,A10=0.00000E+00,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 143.63567
G2 6 -20.08403
G3 15 60.03586
G4 22 25.77538
G5 28 -42.36974
G6 31 -151.12346
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.72617 50.01050 85.01086 116.00340
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 23.91054 40.85381 47.19819
D2 17.00636 9.20443 4.57783 1.50000
D3 9.28353 3.49337 1.15783 0.30000
D4 2.84012 1.14718 1.49326 3.00287
D5 7.97989 15.46299 17.45245 16.80067
BF 11.70601 19.23807 28.61979 36.51305
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06049 -0.09676 -0.16160 -0.22064
D0 377.2840 455.1463 433.4475 422.2840
D1 1.50000 23.91054 40.85381 47.19819
D2 17.00636 9.20443 4.57783 1.50000
D3 9.28353 3.49337 1.15783 0.30000
D4 3.90798 2.82710 4.74497 7.99347
D5 6.91203 13.78307 14.20074 11.81007
BF 11.72550 19.28822 28.75888 36.77070
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=4.692
条件式(2) ωw=42.434
条件式(3) ωt=10.174
条件式(4) fw/f123w=-0.257
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-1.323
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.473
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=1.714
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.356
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.603
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.492
(Table 10)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 4.692
f123w = -96.28619
f123t = -88.05735
W M1 M2 T
FNO 3.66063 4.51062 5.00831 5.83006
ω 42.43419 22.44766 13.66195 10.17394
Y 20.54 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 116.50601 138.64669 160.34507 171.5048
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 200.0000 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 108.2337 4.6568 70.32 1.487490
3 1133.5711 0.1000
4 68.7807 5.7029 70.32 1.487490
5 816.5190 D1 (variable)
6 102.0974 1.2000 46.59 1.816000
7 17.6075 4.9760
8 -59.3363 1.1000 51.28 1.659368
9 81.2225 0.1000
10 29.1388 3.9898 23.80 1.846660
11 -107.8110 0.8213
12 -38.4600 1.0000 46.59 1.816000
13 157.0586 D2 (variable)
14 ∞ 2.0000 (Aperture S)
15 41.9442 2.5619 35.72 1.902650
16 552.5411 0.5000
17 41.0223 0.9000 29.12 2.001000
18 23.0700 4.0200 53.74 1.579570
19 -69.7834 1.5452
20 -27.7457 1.0000 32.33 1.953750
21 -68.0384 D3 (variable)
22 33.5256 5.9460 46.59 1.816000
23 -23.9703 1.0000 32.35 1.850260
24-83.2531 0.1000
25 30.5301 1.1000 32.35 1.850260
26 14.8810 10.3852 70.32 1.487490
27 * -119.0936 D4 (variable)
28 81.3890 3.7144 23.80 1.846660
29 -48.0181 1.0000 42.73 1.834810
30 * 23.7254 D5 (variable)
31 -24.5058 1.4000 46.59 1.816000
32 -48.4638 0.1000
33 142.4943 3.2707 37.57 1.683760
34 -160.0000 BF
[Aspherical data]
Page 27 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 4.35979E-05, A6 = -4.15837E-09
A8 = 6.65149E-10, A10 = 0.00000E + 00, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 30 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -2.71688E-06, A6 = 1.79186E-08
A8 = -3.84607E-10, A10 = 0.00000E + 00, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 143.63567
G2 6 -20.08403
G3 15 60.03586
G4 22 25.77538
G5 28 -42.36974
G6 31 -151.12346
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.72617 50.01050 85.01086 116.00340
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 23.91054 40.85381 47.19819
D2 17.00636 9.20443 4.57783 1.50000
D3 9.28353 3.49337 1.15783 0.30000
D4 2.84012 1.14718 1.49326 3.00287
D5 7.97989 15.46299 17.45245 16.80067
BF 11.70601 19.23807 28.61979 36.51305
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06049 -0.09676 -0.16160 -0.22064
D0 377.2840 455.1463 433.4475 422.2840
D1 1.50000 23.91054 40.85381 47.19819
D2 17.00636 9.20443 4.57783 1.50000
D3 9.28353 3.49337 1.15783 0.30000
D4 3.90798 2.82710 4.74497 7.99347
D5 6.91203 13.78307 14.20074 11.81007
BF 11.72550 19.28822 28.75888 36.77070
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 4.692
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.434
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 10.174
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = -0.257
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -1.323
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.473
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 1.714
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.356
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.603
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.492

図29(A)、および図29(B)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図30(A)、および図30(B)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第10実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 29 (A) and 29 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the tenth embodiment, respectively. 30 (A) and 30 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the tenth embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the tenth embodiment has various aberrations satisfactorily corrected and has excellent imaging performance.

(第11実施例)
第11実施例について、図31〜図33および表11を用いて説明する。図31は、第11実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第11実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(11)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図31の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。
(11th Example)
The eleventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 to 33 and Table 11. FIG. 31 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eleventh embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (11) according to the eleventh embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of 6 lens groups G6. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 31, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL12との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 includes a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side, and a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a positive meniscus lens L13.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL34とから構成される。 The third lens group G3 includes a biconvex positive lens L31 arranged in order from the object side, a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L32 with a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33, and an object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L34 with a concave surface facing.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と両凹形状の負レンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と両凸形状の正レンズL44との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL44は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 includes a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 and a biconcave negative lens L42 arranged in order from the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 with a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex shape. It is composed of a junction lens with the positive lens L44. The positive lens L44 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a positive meniscus lens L51 with a concave surface facing the object side and a negative lens L52 having a biconcave shape. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。第6レンズ群G6の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the sixth lens group G6.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表11に、第11実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 11 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the eleventh embodiment.

(表11)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 3.438
f123w=2466.12612
f123t=-146.93338
W M1 M2 T
FNO 3.65039 4.00020 ― 4.50024
ω 43.52469 -22.45389 ― 13.66502
Y 21.27 21.70 ― 21.70
TL 116.50677 138.27327 ― 161.50351
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 200.0000 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 112.4996 4.3442 70.32 1.487490
3 642.3642 0.1000
4 64.3082 6.0839 70.32 1.487490
5 1033.4518 D1(可変)
6 91.5822 1.2000 46.59 1.816000
7 16.7434 5.0969
8 -135.4549 1.1000 50.66 1.670176
9 31.8729 0.1000
10 24.8799 4.1715 23.80 1.846660
11 -336.6794 1.4309
12 -32.2164 1.0000 46.59 1.816000
13 -277.8484 D2(可変)
14 ∞ 2.0000 (絞りS)
15 41.4933 2.7587 43.79 1.848500
16 -1372.9949 0.5000
17 55.1173 0.9000 34.87 1.847939
18 24.3945 4.0805 56.69 1.586546
19 -76.2325 1.8582
20 -25.5665 1.0000 34.04 1.847872
21 -37.7016 D3(可変)
22 46.4011 6.1027 46.59 1.816000
23 -43.4919 1.0000 26.59 1.847083
24 397.5382 0.1000
25 28.7499 1.1000 32.35 1.850260
26 18.0000 11.1086 70.32 1.487490
27* -25.6478 D4(可変)
28 -713.8966 3.6653 23.80 1.846660
29 -42.0000 1.0000 45.28 1.796882
30* 31.7158 D5(可変)
31 -19.7135 1.4000 62.26 1.536206
32 -42.7591 0.1000
33 217.1940 3.3164 37.57 1.683760
34 -160.0000 BF
[非球面データ]
第27面
κ=1.0000,A4=6.15332E-05,A6=-2.11407E-07
A8=7.47121E-10,A10=-1.12141E-12,A12=0.00000E+00
第30面
κ=1.0000,A4=-1.68999E-05,A6=1.65258E-07
A8=-4.68439E-10,A10=7.74341E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 135.65910
G2 6 -17.91192
G3 15 42.22744
G4 22 26.33888
G5 28 -39.70963
G6 31 -150.62287
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.72587 50.00755 ― 85.00361
D0 ∞ ∞ ― ∞
D1 1.50000 24.03902 ― 40.38368
D2 13.72037 5.30562 ― 1.50000
D3 8.95150 2.76337 ― 0.30000
D4 1.97894 1.51459 ― 1.15589
D5 10.03133 16.68380 ― 19.50588
BF 11.70677 19.34900 ― 30.04020
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06066 -0.11959 ― -0.19908
D0 377.2840 355.5169 ― 332.2840
D1 1.50000 24.03902 ― 40.38368
D2 13.72037 5.30562 ― 1.50000
D3 8.95150 2.76337 ― 0.30000
D4 2.78309 3.22774 ― 4.28073
D5 9.22718 14.97065 ― 16.38104
BF 11.72684 19.42705 ― 30.25539
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=3.438
条件式(2) ωw=43.525
条件式(3) ωt=13.665
条件式(4) fw/f123w=0.010
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.579
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.473
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=1.616
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.517
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.746
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)=0.671
(Table 11)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 3.438
f123w = 2466.12612
f123t = -146.93338
W M1 M2 T
FNO 3.65039 4.00020 ― 4.50024
ω 43.52469 -22.45389 ― 13.66502
Y 21.27 21.70-21.70
TL 116.50677 138.27327 ― 161.50351
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 200.0000 2.0000 23.80 1.846660
2 112.4996 4.3442 70.32 1.487490
3 642.3642 0.1000
4 64.3082 6.0839 70.32 1.487490
5 1033.4518 D1 (variable)
6 91.5822 1.2000 46.59 1.816000
7 16.7434 5.0969
8 -135.4549 1.1000 50.66 1.670176
9 31.8729 0.1000
10 24.8799 4.1715 23.80 1.846660
11 -336.6794 1.4309
12 -32.2164 1.0000 46.59 1.816000
13 -277.8484 D2 (variable)
14 ∞ 2.0000 (Aperture S)
15 41.4933 2.7587 43.79 1.848500
16 -1372.9949 0.5000
17 55.1173 0.9000 34.87 1.847939
18 24.3945 4.0805 56.69 1.586546
19 -76.2325 1.8582
20 -25.5665 1.0000 34.04 1.847872
21 -37.7016 D3 (variable)
22 46.4011 6.1027 46.59 1.816000
23 -43.4919 1.0000 26.59 1.847083
24 397.5382 0.1000
25 28.7499 1.1000 32.35 1.850260
26 18.0000 11.1086 70.32 1.487490
27 * -25.6478 D4 (variable)
28 -713.8966 3.6653 23.80 1.846660
29 -42.0000 1.0000 45.28 1.796882
30 * 31.7158 D5 (variable)
31 -19.7135 1.4000 62.26 1.536206
32 -42.7591 0.1000
33 217.1940 3.3164 37.57 1.683760
34 -160.0000 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 27 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 6.15332E-05, A6 = -2.11407E-07
A8 = 7.47121E-10, A10 = -1.12141E-12, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 30 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -1.68999E-05, A6 = 1.65258E-07
A8 = -4.68439E-10, A10 = 7.74341E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 135.65910
G2 6 -17.91192
G3 15 42.22744
G4 22 26.33888
G5 28 -39.70963
G6 31 -150.62287
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity f 24.72587 50.00755 ― 85.00361
D0 ∞ ∞ ― ∞
D1 1.50000 24.03902 ― 40.38368
D2 13.72037 5.30562 ― 1.50000
D3 8.95150 2.76337 ― 0.30000
D4 1.97894 1.51459 ― 1.15589
D5 10.03133 16.68380 ― 19.50588
BF 11.70677 19.34900 ― 30.04020
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06066 -0.11959 ― -0.19908
D0 377.2840 355.5169 ― 332.2840
D1 1.50000 24.03902 ― 40.38368
D2 13.72037 5.30562 ― 1.50000
D3 8.95150 2.76337 ― 0.30000
D4 2.78309 3.22774 ― 4.28073
D5 9.22718 14.97065 ― 16.38104
BF 11.72684 19.42705 ― 30.25539
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 3.438
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 43.525
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 13.665
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = 0.010
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.579
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.473
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 1.616
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.517
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.746
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) = 0.671

図32(A)、および図32(B)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図33(A)、および図33(B)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第11実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 32 (A) and 32 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eleventh embodiment, respectively. 33 (A) and 33 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the eleventh embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the eleventh embodiment has various aberrations satisfactorily corrected and has excellent imaging performance.

(第12実施例)
第12実施例について、図34〜図36および表12を用いて説明する。図34は、第12実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第12実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(12)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、および第5レンズ群G5は、光軸に沿って図34の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第5レンズ群G5とが一体的に移動する。
(12th Example)
A twelfth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 34 to 36 and Table 12. FIG. 34 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the twelfth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (12) according to the twelfth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of an aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 It moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 34, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the fifth lens group G5 move integrally.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、両凸形状の正レンズL12と、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex positive lens L12, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. Will be done.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、両凹形状の負レンズL34とから構成される。 The third lens group G3 includes a biconvex positive lens L31 arranged in order from the object side, a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L32 with a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33, and both concaves. It is composed of a negative lens L34 having a shape.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と両凸形状の正レンズL44との接合レンズと、両凸形状の正レンズL45と両凹形状の負レンズL46との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL44は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。負レンズL46は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L44 and a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L45 and a biconcave negative lens L46. The positive lens L44 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side. The negative lens L46 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL51と、両凸形状の正レンズL52とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL51は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。第5レンズ群G5の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L52 arranged in order from the object side. The negative meniscus lens L51 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the fifth lens group G5.

本実施例では、第4レンズ群G4における正レンズL45と負レンズL46との接合レンズを像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。なお、近距離物体合焦時の変倍の際、第4レンズ群における正レンズL41と負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズおよび負メニスカスレンズL43と正レンズL44との接合レンズに対し、合焦群である正レンズL45と負レンズL46との接合レンズが異なる移動量で移動する。無限遠物体合焦時の変倍の際、第4レンズ群G4の全てのレンズが一体的に移動する。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the junction lens of the positive lens L45 and the negative lens L46 in the fourth lens group G4 to the image plane I side, from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Is focused. When the magnification is changed during focusing on a short-range object, the focusing lens of the positive lens L41 and the negative meniscus lens L42 and the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L43 and the positive lens L44 in the fourth lens group are in focus. The junction lens between the positive lens L45 and the negative lens L46 moves with different amounts of movement. When the magnification is changed when the infinity object is in focus, all the lenses of the fourth lens group G4 move integrally. Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表12に、第12実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 12 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the twelfth embodiment.

(表12)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.848
f123w=-297.77158
f123t=-199.23081
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.69956 6.30000 6.50003
ω 42.96973 22.56096 11.03929 6.08825
Y 21.29 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 129.0507 143.6432 173.1936 191.4323
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 181.0189 2.0855 31.27 1.90366
2 74.7364 0.8982
3 78.3131 6.0267 67.90 1.59319
4 -878.3490 0.1429
5 65.0716 4.8340 67.90 1.59319
6 661.4054 D1(可変)
7 171.3932 1.1000 35.72 1.90265
8 18.9469 5.2527
9 -57.6716 1.0000 52.33 1.75500
10 53.7286 0.4722
11 34.8478 3.1650 20.88 1.92286
12 -81.2943 1.3566
13 -31.9419 0.9000 46.59 1.81600
14 -487.1030 D2(可変)
15 ∞ 2.0101 (絞りS)
16 45.9039 2.3316 35.72 1.90265
17 -163.4046 0.5000
18 33.6170 1.1581 29.12 2.00100
19 19.7670 3.5655 53.74 1.57957
20 -85.9122 1.3700
21 -41.3606 1.0329 32.33 1.95375
22 1717.1475 D3(可変)
23 37.7633 4.9751 42.73 1.83481
24 -38.9447 1.0000 31.27 1.90366
25 -804.1582 0.1000
26 29.7427 3.0986 32.33 1.95375
27 15.4408 8.8739 81.49 1.49710
28* -39.9876 D4(可変)
29 10338.5730 3.6738 23.80 1.84666
30 -27.6080 1.0000 40.13 1.85135
31* 31.8891 D5(可変)
32 -29.8624 1.4000 40.13 1.85135
33* -63.8559 0.1000
34 66.4034 4.5715 37.57 1.68376
35 -424.4531 BF
[非球面データ]
第28面
κ=1.0000,A4=2.91470E-05,A6=-1.17772E-07
A8=9.21285E-10,A10=-5.94865E-12,A12=0.14842E-13
第31面
κ=1.0000,A4=-5.83910E-06,A6=1.34714E-07
A8=-1.32747E-09,A10=8.60735E-12,A12=-0.22325E-13
第33面
κ=1.0000,A4=4.26328E-06,A6=-4.06929E-09
A8=4.06528E-11,A10=-1.22140E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 105.7291
G2 7 -16.8196
G3 16 48.27007
G4 23 44.51528
G5 32 -372.043
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.72000 49.99999 104.99993 194.00004
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.73220 15.73205 40.41864 55.46338
D2 20.01315 10.99318 5.91904 1.09143
D3 13.56296 6.37783 3.44003 1.69135
D4 4.09147 4.09147 4.09147 4.09147
D5 9.90112 17.08625 20.02405 21.77273
BF 11.75486 21.36749 31.30545 39.32701
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06144 -0.10950 -0.17803 -0.26497
D0 370.94930 406.35680 476.80640 558.56770
D1 1.73220 15.73205 40.41864 55.46338
D2 20.01315 10.99318 5.91904 1.09143
D3 13.56296 6.37783 3.44003 1.69135
D4 4.89647 5.55202 7.55497 11.91843
D5 9.09612 15.62570 16.56055 13.94577
BF 11.75486 21.36749 31.30545 39.32701
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.848
条件式(2) ωw=42.970
条件式(3) ωt=6.088
条件式(4) fw/f123w=-0.083
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.974
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.476
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=15.051
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.369
(Table 12)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.848
f123w = -297.77158
f123t = -199.23081
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.69956 6.30000 6.50003
ω 42.96973 22.56096 11.03929 6.08825
Y 21.29 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 129.0507 143.6432 173.1936 191.4323
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 181.0189 2.0855 31.27 1.90366
2 74.7364 0.8982
3 78.3131 6.0267 67.90 1.59319
4-878.3490 0.1429
5 65.0716 4.8340 67.90 1.59319
6 661.4054 D1 (variable)
7 171.3932 1.1000 35.72 1.90265
8 18.9469 5.2527
9 -57.6716 1.0000 52.33 1.75500
10 53.7286 0.4722
11 34.8478 3.1650 20.88 1.92286
12 -81.2943 1.3566
13 -31.9419 0.9000 46.59 1.81600
14 -487.1030 D2 (variable)
15 ∞ 2.0101 (Aperture S)
16 45.9039 2.3316 35.72 1.90265
17 -163.4046 0.5000
18 33.6170 1.1581 29.12 2.00100
19 19.7670 3.5655 53.74 1.57957
20 -85.9122 1.3700
21 -41.3606 1.0329 32.33 1.95375
22 1717.1475 D3 (variable)
23 37.7633 4.9751 42.73 1.83481
24 -38.9447 1.0000 31.27 1.90366
25 -804.1582 0.1000
26 29.7427 3.0986 32.33 1.95375
27 15.4408 8.8739 81.49 1.49710
28 * -39.9876 D4 (variable)
29 10338.5730 3.6738 23.80 1.84666
30 -27.6080 1.0000 40.13 1.85135
31 * 31.8891 D5 (variable)
32 -29.8624 1.4000 40.13 1.85135
33 * -63.8559 0.1000
34 66.4034 4.5715 37.57 1.68376
35 -424.4531 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 28 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 2.91470E-05, A6 = -1.17772E-07
A8 = 9.21285E-10, A10 = -5.994865E-12, A12 = 0.14842E-13
Side 31 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -5.83910E-06, A6 = 1.34714E-07
A8 = -1.32747E-09, A10 = 8.60735E-12, A12 = -0.22325E-13
Side 33 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 4.26328E-06, A6 = -4.06929E-09
A8 = 4.06528E-11, A10 = -1.22140E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 105.7291
G2 7 -16.8196
G3 16 48.27007
G4 23 44.51528
G5 32 -372.043
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.72000 49.99999 104.99993 194.00004
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.73220 15.73205 40.41864 55.46338
D2 20.01315 10.99318 5.91904 1.09143
D3 13.56296 6.37783 3.44003 1.69135
D4 4.09147 4.09147 4.09147 4.09147
D5 9.90112 17.08625 20.02405 21.77273
BF 11.75486 21.36749 31.30545 39.32701
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06144 -0.10950 -0.17803 -0.26497
D0 370.94930 406.35680 476.80640 558.56770
D1 1.73220 15.73205 40.41864 55.46338
D2 20.01315 10.99318 5.91904 1.09143
D3 13.56296 6.37783 3.44003 1.69135
D4 4.89647 5.55202 7.55497 11.91843
D5 9.09612 15.62570 16.56055 13.94577
BF 11.75486 21.36749 31.30545 39.32701
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.884
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.970
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.088
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = -0.083
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.974
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.476
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 15.051
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.369

図35(A)、および図35(B)はそれぞれ、第12実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図36(A)、および図36(B)はそれぞれ、第12実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第12実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 35 (A) and 35 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the twelfth embodiment, respectively. 36 (A) and 36 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the twelfth embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the twelfth embodiment has various aberrations satisfactorily corrected and has excellent imaging performance.

(第13実施例)
第13実施例について、図37〜図39および表13を用いて説明する。図37は、第13実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦時のレンズ構成図である。第13実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(13)は、物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5と、負の屈折力を有する第6レンズ群G6と、正の屈折力を有する第7レンズ群G7とから構成される。広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1、第2レンズ群G2、開口絞りS、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4、第5レンズ群G5、および第6レンズ群G6は、光軸に沿って図37の矢印で示す方向に移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。なお、変倍の際、開口絞りSと第3レンズ群G3と第6レンズ群G6とが一体的に移動する。また、変倍の際、第7レンズ群G7が像面Iに対して固定される。
(13th Example)
The thirteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 to 39 and Table 13. FIG. 37 is a lens configuration diagram at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the thirteenth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL (13) according to the thirteenth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a positive refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a negative refractive power, and an aperture arranged in order from the object side. Aperture S, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power, and a third lens group having a negative refractive power. It is composed of a 6-lens group G6 and a 7th lens group G7 having a positive refractive power. When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the aperture stop S, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, the fifth lens group G5, and the third lens group. The 6 lens group G6 moves along the optical axis in the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 37, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes. At the time of scaling, the aperture diaphragm S, the third lens group G3, and the sixth lens group G6 move integrally. Further, at the time of scaling, the seventh lens group G7 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.

第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、両凸形状の正レンズL12と、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL13とから構成される。 The first lens group G1 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex positive lens L12, and a positive meniscus lens L13 having a convex surface facing the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. Will be done.

第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と、両凹形状の負レンズL22と、両凸形状の正レンズL23と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24とから構成される。 The second lens group G2 has a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative lens L22 having a biconcave shape, a positive lens L23 having a biconvex shape, and a concave surface on the object side, which are arranged in order from the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24 that is directed.

第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL31と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL32と両凸形状の正レンズL33との接合レンズと、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL34とから構成される。 The third lens group G3 includes a biconvex positive lens L31 arranged in order from the object side, a junction lens of a negative meniscus lens L32 with a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L33, and an object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L34 with a concave surface facing.

第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に並んだ、両凸形状の正レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と両凸形状の正レンズL44との接合レンズとから構成される。正レンズL44は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fourth lens group G4 is a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L41 arranged in order from the object side and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a junction lens with a biconvex positive lens L44. The positive lens L44 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第5レンズ群G5は、両凸形状の正レンズL51と両凹形状の負レンズL52との接合レンズから構成される。負レンズL52は、像面I側のレンズ面が非球面である。 The fifth lens group G5 is composed of a junction lens of a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconcave negative lens L52. The negative lens L52 has an aspherical lens surface on the image plane I side.

第6レンズ群G6は、物体側から順に並んだ、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL61と、両凸形状の正レンズL62とから構成される。負メニスカスレンズL61と正レンズL62との間に、空気レンズが形成されている。 The sixth lens group G6 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L61 having a concave surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L62 arranged in order from the object side. An air lens is formed between the negative meniscus lens L61 and the positive lens L62.

第7レンズ群G7は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL71から構成される。第7レンズ群G7の像側に、像面Iが配置される。 The seventh lens group G7 is composed of a positive meniscus lens L71 with a concave surface facing the object side. The image plane I is arranged on the image side of the seventh lens group G7.

本実施例では、第5レンズ群G5を像面I側へ移動させることにより、遠距離物体から近距離物体(無限遠物体から有限距離物体)への合焦が行われる。また、本実施例では、第3レンズ群G3における負メニスカスレンズL32と正レンズL33との接合レンズが、光軸と垂直な方向へ移動可能な正の屈折力を有する防振群を構成し、手ブレ等による結像位置の変位(像面I上の像ブレ)を補正する。 In this embodiment, by moving the fifth lens group G5 to the image plane I side, focusing is performed from a long-distance object to a short-distance object (from an infinity object to a finite-distance object). Further, in this embodiment, the junction lens of the negative meniscus lens L32 and the positive lens L33 in the third lens group G3 constitutes an anti-vibration group having a positive refractive power that can move in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. The displacement of the imaging position due to camera shake or the like (image blur on the image plane I) is corrected.

以下の表13に、第13実施例に係る変倍光学系の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 13 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system according to the thirteenth embodiment.

(表13)
[全体諸元]
変倍比 7.852
f123w=-242.5247
f123t=-265.90409
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.69956 6.30000 6.50003
ω 42.96973 22.56096 11.03929 6.08825
Y 20.93 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 127.52968 144.84356 169.66796 191.04949
[レンズ諸元]
面番号 R D νd nd
1 183.1489 1.7000 31.27 1.90366
2 76.2993 0.8845
3 78.7954 6.1936 67.90 1.59319
4 -594.6799 0.1000
5 61.9988 5.6077 67.90 1.59319
6 371.0839 D1(可変)
7 190.1957 1.1000 35.72 1.90265
8 19.1266 5.1112
9 -52.1202 1.0000 52.33 1.75500
10 58.1840 0.5132
11 36.9591 3.1252 20.88 1.92286
12 -69.4993 0.6909
13 -34.0835 0.9000 46.59 1.81600
14 -15713.5710 D2(可変)
15 ∞ 2.0000 (絞りS)
16 40.7989 2.3289 35.72 1.90265
17 -299.8253 0.5000
18 38.9427 1.0000 29.12 2.00100
19 21.5486 3.5304 53.74 1.57957
20 -63.7114 1.3676
21 -35.4002 1.0000 32.33 1.95375
22 -265.5862 D3(可変)
23 37.7375 4.7476 42.73 1.83481
24 -37.5607 1.0000 31.27 1.90366
25 -325.9958 0.1000
26 31.4406 3.1004 32.33 1.95375
27 15.3849 8.5803 81.49 1.49710
28* -42.3410 D4(可変)
29 572.4423 3.1728 23.80 1.84666
30 -34.5910 1.0000 40.13 1.85135
31* 31.5461 D5(可変)
32 -19.9700 1.4000 40.13 1.85135
33* -28.8707 0.1000
34 136.4370 3.5760 37.57 1.68376
35 -114.7970 D6(可変)
36 -118.5432 2.3370 63.88 1.51680
37 -70.3002 BF
[非球面データ]
第28面
κ=1.0000,A4=3.78774E-05,A6=-4.14498E-07
A8=6.80734E-09,A10=-6.10728E-11,A12=0.20806E-12
第31面
κ=1.0000,A4=-1.36815E-05,A6=2.49099E-07
A8=-3.33308E-09,A10=2.73107E-11,A12=-0.88099E-13
第33面
κ=1.0000,A4=1.98989E-06,A6=-1.03153E-08
A8=4.34935E-11,A10=-1.04756E-13,A12=0.00000E+00
[レンズ群データ]
群 始面 焦点距離
G1 1 103.06116
G2 7 -17.00821
G3 16 49.18043
G4 23 29.23287
G5 29 -39.13048
G6 32 -1300.48544
G7 36 328.82617
[可変間隔データ]
W M1 M2 T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 無限遠
f 24.72000 50.00000 104.99999 194.09403
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 17.37231 39.57659 56.44287
D2 19.29037 11.03703 4.56142 1.16368
D3 12.96315 6.13632 3.05308 1.47831
D4 4.87593 4.10851 5.56324 1.90252
D5 9.73283 17.32708 18.95559 24.19108
D6 0.80000 10.49492 19.59067 27.50369
BF 10.60000 10.59999 10.59998 10.59995
W M1 M2 T
近距離 近距離 近距離 近距離
β -0.06123 -0.10885 -0.17758 -0.28031
D0 372.47030 405.15640 480.33200 508.95050
D1 1.50000 17.37231 39.57659 56.44287
D2 19.29037 11.03703 4.56142 1.16368
D3 12.96315 6.13632 3.05308 1.47831
D4 5.77372 5.76435 9.89727 11.65975
D5 8.83504 15.67124 14.62157 14.43385
D6 0.80000 10.49492 19.59067 27.50369
BF 11.75486 21.36749 31.30545 39.32701
[条件式対応値]
条件式(1) ft/fw=7.852
条件式(2) ωw=42.970
条件式(3) ωt=6.088
条件式(4) fw/f123w=-0.102
条件式(5) ft/f123t=-0.730
条件式(6) BFw/fw=0.429
条件式(7) (−f5)/fw=1.583
条件式(8) Mv5/Mv6=1.541
条件式(9) Mv1/(ft−fw)=0.375
条件式(10) (RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)
=-0.651
(Table 13)
[Overall specifications]
Variable ratio 7.852
f123w = -242.5247
f123t = -265.90409
W M1 M2 T
FNO 4.12000 5.69956 6.30000 6.50003
ω 42.96973 22.56096 11.03929 6.08825
Y 20.93 21.70 21.70 21.70
TL 127.52968 144.84356 169.66796 191.04949
[Lens specifications]
Surface number RD νd nd
1 183.1489 1.7000 31.27 1.90366
2 76.2993 0.8845
3 78.7954 6.1936 67.90 1.59319
4-594.6799 0.1000
5 61.9988 5.6077 67.90 1.59319
6 371.0839 D1 (variable)
7 190.1957 1.1000 35.72 1.90265
8 19.1266 5.1112
9 -52.1202 1.0000 52.33 1.75500
10 58.1840 0.5132
11 36.9591 3.1252 20.88 1.92286
12 -69.4993 0.6909
13 -34.0835 0.9000 46.59 1.81600
14 -15713.5710 D2 (variable)
15 ∞ 2.0000 (Aperture S)
16 40.7989 2.3289 35.72 1.90265
17 -299.8253 0.5000
18 38.9427 1.0000 29.12 2.00100
19 21.5486 3.5304 53.74 1.57957
20 -63.7114 1.3676
21 -35.4002 1.0000 32.33 1.95375
22 -265.5862 D3 (variable)
23 37.7375 4.7476 42.73 1.83481
24 -37.5607 1.0000 31.27 1.90366
25 -325.9958 0.1000
26 31.4406 3.1004 32.33 1.95375
27 15.3849 8.5803 81.49 1.49710
28 * -42.3410 D4 (variable)
29 572.4423 3.1728 23.80 1.84666
30 -34.5910 1.0000 40.13 1.85135
31 * 31.5461 D5 (variable)
32 -19.9700 1.4000 40.13 1.85135
33 * -28.8707 0.1000
34 136.4370 3.5760 37.57 1.68376
35 -114.7970 D6 (variable)
36 -118.5432 2.3370 63.88 1.51680
37 -70.3002 BF
[Aspherical data]
Side 28 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 3.787774E-05, A6 = -4.14498E-07
A8 = 6.80734E-09, A10 = -6.10728E-11, A12 = 0.20806E-12
Side 31 κ = 1.0000, A4 = -1.36815E-05, A6 = 2.49099E-07
A8 = -3.33308E-09, A10 = 2.73107E-11, A12 = -0.88099E-13
Side 33 κ = 1.0000, A4 = 1.98989E-06, A6 = -1.03153E-08
A8 = 4.34935E-11, A10 = -1.04756E-13, A12 = 0.00000E + 00
[Lens group data]
Focal length
G1 1 103.06116
G2 7 -17.00821
G3 16 49.18043
G4 23 29.23287
G5 29 -39.13048
G6 32 -1300.48544
G7 36 328.82617
[Variable interval data]
W M1 M2 T
Point at infinity Point at infinity Point at infinity point at infinity f 24.72000 50.00000 104.99999 194.09403
D0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
D1 1.50000 17.37231 39.57659 56.44287
D2 19.29037 11.03703 4.56142 1.16368
D3 12.96315 6.13632 3.05308 1.47831
D4 4.87593 4.10851 5.56324 1.90252
D5 9.73283 17.32708 18.95559 24.19108
D6 0.80000 10.49492 19.59067 27.50369
BF 10.60000 10.59999 10.59998 10.59995
W M1 M2 T
Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance Short Distance β -0.06123 -0.10885 -0.17758 -0.28031
D0 372.47030 405.15640 480.33200 508.95050
D1 1.50000 17.37231 39.57659 56.44287
D2 19.29037 11.03703 4.56142 1.16368
D3 12.96315 6.13632 3.05308 1.47831
D4 5.77372 5.76435 9.89727 11.65975
D5 8.83504 15.67124 14.62157 14.43385
D6 0.80000 10.49492 19.59067 27.50369
BF 11.75486 21.36749 31.30545 39.32701
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
Conditional expression (1) ft / fw = 7.852
Conditional expression (2) ωw = 42.970
Conditional expression (3) ωt = 6.088
Conditional expression (4) fw / f123w = -0.102
Conditional expression (5) ft / f123t = -0.730
Conditional expression (6) BFw / fw = 0.429
Conditional expression (7) (-f5) / fw = 1.583
Conditional expression (8) Mv5 / Mv6 = 1.541
Conditional expression (9) Mv1 / (ft-fw) = 0.375
Conditional expression (10) (RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1)
=-0.651

図38(A)、および図38(B)はそれぞれ、第13実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠合焦時の諸収差図である。図39(A)、および図39(B)はそれぞれ、第13実施例に係る変倍光学系の広角端状態、および望遠端状態におけるブレ補正を行った際のコマ収差図である。各諸収差図より、第13実施例に係る変倍光学系は、諸収差が良好に補正され、優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 38 (A) and 38 (B) are aberration diagrams at infinity focusing in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the thirteenth embodiment, respectively. 39 (A) and 39 (B) are coma aberration diagrams when blur correction is performed in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system according to the thirteenth embodiment, respectively. From each aberration diagram, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system according to the thirteenth embodiment has various aberrations satisfactorily corrected and has excellent imaging performance.

各実施例によれば、球面収差等の諸収差が良好に補正された変倍光学系を実現することができる。 According to each embodiment, it is possible to realize a variable magnification optical system in which various aberrations such as spherical aberration are satisfactorily corrected.

ここで、上記各実施例は本願発明の一具体例を示しているものであり、本願発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Here, each of the above examples shows a specific example of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited thereto.

なお、以下の内容は、本実施形態に係る変倍光学系の光学性能を損なわない範囲で適宜採用することが可能である。 The following contents can be appropriately adopted as long as the optical performance of the variable magnification optical system according to the present embodiment is not impaired.

変倍光学系の数値実施例として、5群、6群、および7群構成のものを示したが、本願はこれに限られず、その他の群構成(例えば、4群や8群等)の変倍光学系を構成することもできる。具体的には、変倍光学系の最も物体側や最も像面側に、レンズまたはレンズ群を追加した構成でも構わない。なお、レンズ群とは、変倍時に変化する空気間隔で分離された、少なくとも1枚のレンズを有する部分を示す。 As numerical examples of the variable magnification optical system, those having a 5-group, 6-group, and 7-group configuration are shown, but the present application is not limited to this, and variations of other group configurations (for example, 4 groups, 8 groups, etc.) are shown. A magnification optical system can also be configured. Specifically, a lens or a lens group may be added to the most object side or the most image plane side of the variable magnification optical system. The lens group refers to a portion having at least one lens separated by an air interval that changes at the time of magnification change.

レンズ面は、球面または平面で形成されても、非球面で形成されても構わない。レンズ面が球面または平面の場合、レンズ加工および組立調整が容易になり、加工および組立調整の誤差による光学性能の劣化を防げるので好ましい。また、像面がずれた場合でも描写性能の劣化が少ないので好ましい。 The lens surface may be formed on a spherical surface or a flat surface, or may be formed on an aspherical surface. When the lens surface is spherical or flat, lens processing and assembly adjustment are facilitated, and deterioration of optical performance due to processing and assembly adjustment errors can be prevented, which is preferable. Further, even if the image plane is deviated, the depiction performance is less deteriorated, which is preferable.

レンズ面が非球面の場合、非球面は、研削加工による非球面、ガラスを型で非球面形状に形成したガラスモールド非球面、ガラスの表面に樹脂を非球面形状に形成した複合型非球面のいずれでも構わない。また、レンズ面は回折面としても良く、レンズを屈折率分布型レンズ(GRINレンズ)あるいはプラスチックレンズとしても良い。 When the lens surface is aspherical, the aspherical surface is an aspherical surface formed by grinding, a glass mold aspherical surface formed by forming glass into an aspherical shape, or a composite aspherical surface formed by forming resin on the glass surface into an aspherical shape. It doesn't matter which one. Further, the lens surface may be a diffraction surface, and the lens may be a refractive index distribution type lens (GRIN lens) or a plastic lens.

各レンズ面には、フレアやゴーストを軽減し、コントラストの高い光学性能を達成するために、広い波長域で高い透過率を有する反射防止膜を施しても良い。これにより、フレアやゴーストを軽減し、高コントラストの高い光学性能を達成することができる。 An antireflection film having a high transmittance in a wide wavelength range may be applied to each lens surface in order to reduce flare and ghost and achieve high contrast optical performance. As a result, flare and ghost can be reduced, and high optical performance with high contrast can be achieved.

G1 第1レンズ群 G2 第2レンズ群
G3 第3レンズ群 G4 第4レンズ群
G5 第5レンズ群 G6 第6レンズ群
G7 第7レンズ群
I 像面 S 開口絞り
G1 1st lens group G2 2nd lens group G3 3rd lens group G4 4th lens group G5 5th lens group G6 6th lens group G7 7th lens group I image plane S Aperture aperture

Claims (24)

物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群と、第6レンズ群とを有した変倍光学系であって、
変倍の際に、前記変倍光学系における複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、
変倍の際に移動する絞りを有し、
変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と前記絞りとが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する変倍光学系。
A first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power arranged in order from the object side. It is a variable magnification optical system having a 4 lens group, a 5th lens group, and a 6th lens group.
At the time of scaling, a plurality of lens groups in the variable magnification optical system move, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes.
Has an aperture that moves when scaling
A variable magnification optical system in which the lens group on the image side and the aperture of the lens group that move at the time of magnification change are integrally moved at the time of magnification change.
物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群と、第6レンズ群とを有した変倍光学系であって、
変倍の際に、前記変倍光学系における前記第3レンズ群を含む複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、
変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と前記第3レンズ群とが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する変倍光学系。
A first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power arranged in order from the object side. It is a variable magnification optical system having a 4 lens group, a 5th lens group, and a 6th lens group.
At the time of scaling, a plurality of lens groups including the third lens group in the variable magnification optical system move, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes.
A variable magnification optical system in which the image-side lens group and the third lens group move integrally at the time of magnification change among the lens groups that move at the time of magnification change.
前記第6レンズ群は、2枚以上のレンズからなる請求項1または2に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the sixth lens group comprises two or more lenses. 前記第6レンズ群と前記絞りとが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する請求項1〜3のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the sixth lens group and the diaphragm move integrally at the time of magnification change. 前記第6レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群とが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する請求項1〜4のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the sixth lens group and the third lens group move integrally at the time of magnification change. 前記絞りと前記第3レンズ群とが、変倍の際に一体的に移動する請求項1〜5のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the diaphragm and the third lens group move integrally at the time of magnification change. 以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜6のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
3.00<ft/fw<30.00
但し、ft:望遠端状態における前記変倍光学系の焦点距離
fw:広角端状態における前記変倍光学系の焦点距離
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
3.00 <ft / fw <30.00
However, ft: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system in the telephoto end state fw: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state.
以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜7のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
35.0°<ωw<75.0°
但し、ωw:広角端状態における前記変倍光学系の半画角
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
35.0 ° <ωw <75.0 °
However, ωw: half angle of view of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state
以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜8のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
2.5°<ωt<15.0°
但し、ωt:望遠端状態における前記変倍光学系の半画角
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
2.5 ° <ωt <15.0 °
However, ωt: half angle of view of the variable magnification optical system in the telephoto end state
以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜9のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
−0.30<fw/f123w<0.60
但し、fw:広角端状態における前記変倍光学系の焦点距離
f123w:広角端状態における前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との合成焦点距離
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
−0.30 <fw / f123w <0.60
However, fw: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state f123w: the combined focal length of the first lens group, the second lens group, and the third lens group in the wide-angle end state.
以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜10のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
−1.50<ft/f123t<1.00
但し、ft:望遠端状態における前記変倍光学系の焦点距離
f123t:望遠端状態における前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との合成焦点距離
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 10, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
-1.50 <ft / f123t <1.00
However, ft: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system in the telephoto end state f123t: the combined focal length of the first lens group, the second lens group, and the third lens group in the telephoto end state.
以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜11のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
0.20<BFw/fw<0.60
但し、BFw:広角端状態における前記変倍光学系の最も像側のレンズ面から像面までの距離
fw:広角端状態における前記変倍光学系の焦点距離
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 11, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
0.20 <BFw / fw <0.60
However, BFw: the distance from the lens surface to the image plane on the image side of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state fw: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state.
合焦の際に、前記第5レンズ群が像面に対して移動する請求項1〜12のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the fifth lens group moves with respect to the image plane when the lens is in focus. 前記第5レンズ群は、少なくとも1枚の正レンズと、少なくとも1枚の負レンズとを有する請求項1〜13のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the fifth lens group includes at least one positive lens and at least one negative lens. 以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜14のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
1.00<(−f5)/fw<16.00
但し、f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
fw:広角端状態における前記変倍光学系の焦点距離
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 14, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
1.00 <(-f5) / fw <16.00
However, f5: the focal length of the fifth lens group fw: the focal length of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state.
以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜15のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
1.00<Mv5/Mv6<3.00
但し、Mv5:広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の前記第5レンズ群の移動量(物体側への移動量の符号を+とする)
Mv6:広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の前記第6レンズ群の移動量(物体側への移動量の符号を+とする)
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 15, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
1.00 <Mv5 / Mv6 <3.00
However, Mv5: the amount of movement of the fifth lens group when scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state (the sign of the amount of movement toward the object side is +).
Mv6: Amount of movement of the sixth lens group when scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state (the sign of the amount of movement toward the object is +).
変倍の際、前記第1レンズ群が像面に対して移動する請求項1〜16のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein the first lens group moves with respect to an image plane at the time of magnification change. 前記第1レンズ群は、3枚以上のレンズからなる請求項1〜17のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the first lens group comprises three or more lenses. 以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜18のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
0.30<Mv1/(ft−fw)<0.80
但し、Mv1:広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の前記第1レンズ群の移動量(物体側への移動量の符号を+とする)
ft:望遠端状態における前記変倍光学系の焦点距離
fw:広角端状態における前記変倍光学系の焦点距離
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 18, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
0.30 <Mv1 / (ft-fw) <0.80
However, Mv1: the amount of movement of the first lens group when scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state (the sign of the amount of movement toward the object is +).
ft: Focal length of the variable magnification optical system in the telephoto end state fw: Focal length of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state
前記第6レンズ群に空気レンズが設けられ、
以下の条件式を満足する請求項1〜19のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
0.00<(RAr2+RAr1)/(RAr2−RAr1)<2.00
但し、RAr1:前記第6レンズ群の前記空気レンズにおける物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
RAr2:前記第6レンズ群の前記空気レンズにおける像側のレンズ面の曲率半径
An air lens is provided in the sixth lens group.
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 19, which satisfies the following conditional expression.
0.00 <(RAR2 + RAR1) / (RAR2-RAR1) <2.00
However, RAr1: the radius of curvature of the lens surface on the object side of the air lens of the sixth lens group RAR2: the radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side of the air lens of the sixth lens group.
変倍の際に、少なくとも、前記第1レンズ群と、前記第3レンズ群と、前記第4レンズ群と、前記第5レンズ群と、前記第6レンズ群とが像面に対して移動する請求項1〜20のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 At the time of scaling, at least the first lens group, the third lens group, the fourth lens group, the fifth lens group, and the sixth lens group move with respect to the image plane. The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 20. 変倍の際に移動するレンズ群は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際に物体側へ移動する請求項1〜21のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the lens group that moves at the time of magnification change is the lens group that moves toward the object side when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. 請求項1〜22のいずれかに記載の変倍光学系を搭載して構成される光学機器。 An optical device including the variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 22. 物体側から順に並んだ、正の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群と、第6レンズ群とを有した変倍光学系の製造方法であって、
変倍の際に、前記変倍光学系における複数のレンズ群が移動し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、
変倍の際に移動する絞りを有し、
変倍の際に移動するレンズ群のうち最も像側のレンズ群と前記絞りとが、変倍の際に一体的に移動するように、
レンズ鏡筒内に各レンズを配置する変倍光学系の製造方法。
A first lens group having a positive refractive power, a second lens group having a negative refractive power, a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power arranged in order from the object side. A method for manufacturing a variable magnification optical system having a 4 lens group, a 5th lens group, and a 6th lens group.
At the time of scaling, a plurality of lens groups in the variable magnification optical system move, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes.
Has an aperture that moves when scaling
Of the lens groups that move during scaling, the lens group on the image side and the aperture move integrally during scaling.
A method for manufacturing a variable magnification optical system in which each lens is arranged in a lens barrel.
JP2020569269A 2019-01-31 2019-01-31 Variable Magnification Optical System and Optical Equipment Active JP7211440B2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2019/003360 WO2020157905A1 (en) 2019-01-31 2019-01-31 Variable power optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable power optical system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JPWO2020157905A1 true JPWO2020157905A1 (en) 2021-10-07
JP7211440B2 JP7211440B2 (en) 2023-01-24

Family

ID=71840299

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2020569269A Active JP7211440B2 (en) 2019-01-31 2019-01-31 Variable Magnification Optical System and Optical Equipment

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7211440B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2020157905A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7218153B2 (en) * 2018-11-02 2023-02-06 キヤノン株式会社 ZOOM LENS AND IMAGING DEVICE HAVING THE SAME

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10133113A (en) * 1996-10-29 1998-05-22 Canon Inc Zoom lens
JPH10282413A (en) * 1997-04-01 1998-10-23 Canon Inc Zoom lens having vibration compensating function
JP2003295250A (en) * 2002-04-05 2003-10-15 Canon Inc Optical system and optical equipment with it
JP2005352057A (en) * 2004-06-09 2005-12-22 Canon Inc Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having same
JP2011039560A (en) * 2010-11-08 2011-02-24 Canon Inc Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having the same
JP2015026032A (en) * 2013-07-29 2015-02-05 株式会社ニコン Variable power optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable power optical system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10133113A (en) * 1996-10-29 1998-05-22 Canon Inc Zoom lens
JPH10282413A (en) * 1997-04-01 1998-10-23 Canon Inc Zoom lens having vibration compensating function
JP2003295250A (en) * 2002-04-05 2003-10-15 Canon Inc Optical system and optical equipment with it
JP2005352057A (en) * 2004-06-09 2005-12-22 Canon Inc Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having same
JP2011039560A (en) * 2010-11-08 2011-02-24 Canon Inc Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having the same
JP2015026032A (en) * 2013-07-29 2015-02-05 株式会社ニコン Variable power optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable power optical system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7211440B2 (en) 2023-01-24
WO2020157905A1 (en) 2020-08-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2009139253A1 (en) Variable power optical system, optical apparatus equipped with the variable power optical system, and method for manufacturing variable power optical system
JP7006814B2 (en) Variable magnification optics and optical equipment
WO2010004806A1 (en) Zoom lens, optical device having same, and zoom lens manufacturing method
JP5344291B2 (en) Zoom lens, optical device, and method of manufacturing zoom lens
JP2018101156A (en) Zoom lens and optical apparatus
JP2017156428A (en) Variable power optical system, optical apparatus and method for manufacturing variable power optical system
JP2023083601A (en) Zoom optical system, optical device, and method of manufacturing zoom optical system
WO2014112176A1 (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable magnification optical system
JP7120330B2 (en) Variable Magnification Optical System and Optical Equipment
JP5326434B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system and optical apparatus equipped with the variable magnification optical system
JP7211440B2 (en) Variable Magnification Optical System and Optical Equipment
JP7156405B2 (en) Variable Magnification Optical System and Optical Equipment
JP2010019945A (en) Zoom lens, optical device having the same and variable power method
WO2021039696A1 (en) Variable-power optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable-power optical system
JP2023125584A (en) Zoom lens and image capturing device
JP5540513B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system and optical apparatus having the variable magnification optical system
JP7238956B2 (en) Variable Magnification Optical System and Optical Equipment
JP2018200472A (en) Variable power optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable power optical system
WO2023181903A1 (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable magnification optical system
WO2016194811A1 (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical component, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method
JP7259956B2 (en) Variable Magnification Optical System and Optical Equipment
JP5326433B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system and optical apparatus equipped with the variable magnification optical system
WO2023090050A1 (en) Optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing optical system
WO2024034309A1 (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical apparatus, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method
WO2021149335A1 (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable magnification optical system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20210517

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20220524

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20220708

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20221018

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20221130

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20221213

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20221226

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 7211440

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150